CONNECTICUT LIMITED MATURITY TAX FREE PORTFOLIO
POS AMI, 1995-07-26
Previous: NATIONAL MUNICIPAL TRUST MULTISTATE SERIES 58, 485BPOS, 1995-07-26
Next: OHIO LIMITED MATURITY TAX FREE PORTFOLIO, POS AMI, 1995-07-26



<PAGE>

        
           As filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission on July 26, 1995
                                                               File No. 811-7518
     
    
   

                          SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION
                                WASHINGTON, D.C. 20549

                                      FORM N-1A

                                REGISTRATION STATEMENT
                                        UNDER
                          THE INVESTMENT COMPANY ACT OF 1940                 [x]
     
    
   
                                   AMENDMENT NO. 3                           [x]
         

                             CONNECTICUT LIMITED MATURITY
                                  TAX FREE PORTFOLIO
                  (Exact Name of Registrant as Specified in Charter)


                                  24 Federal Street
                             Boston, Massachusetts 02110
                       (Address of Principal Executive Offices)

        
          Registrant's Telephone Number, including Area Code: (617) 482-8260
         

                                 H. Day Brigham, Jr.
                    24 Federal Street, Boston, Massachusetts 02110
                       (Name and Address of Agent for Service)
        



         
<PAGE>






                                  EXPLANATORY NOTE
        
              This Registration  Statement, as  amended, has  been filed  by the
     Registrant pursuant to Section 8(b) of the  Investment Company Act of 1940,
     as amended.  However, interests in the Registrant have  not been registered
     under the  Securities Act  of 1933,  as amended  (the "1933  Act"), because
     such  interests will  be issued  solely in  private  placement transactions
     that do  not involve any  "public offering" within  the meaning  of Section
     4(2) of the 1933  Act.  Investments in the  Registrant may be made  only by
     investment  companies,  common  or  commingled  trust   funds,  or  similar
     organizations  or  entities  that are  "accredited  investors"  within  the
     meaning of Regulation D  under the 1933 Act.   This Registration Statement,
     as amended, does  not constitute an offer  to sell, or the  solicitation of
     an offer to buy, any interest in the Registrant.
         
<PAGE>






                                       PART A

              Responses  to Items 1 through 3  and 5A have been omitted pursuant
     to Paragraph 4 of Instruction F of the General Instructions to Form N-1A.

     Item 4.  General Description of Registrant
        
              Connecticut Limited Maturity  Tax Free Portfolio (the "Portfolio")
     is  a non-diversified,  open-end management  investment  company which  was
     organized  as a  trust under the  laws of the  State of New  York on May 1,
     1992. Interests in  the Portfolio are  issued solely  in private  placement
     transactions that do not involve  any "public offering" within  the meaning
     of Section  4(2) of  the  Securities Act  of 1933,  as amended  (the  "1933
     Act"). Investments in  the Portfolio may be  made only by U.S.  and foreign
     investment  companies,  common  or  commingled  trust   funds,  or  similar
     organizations  or  entities  that are  "accredited  investors"  within  the
     meaning of  Regulation D under  the 1933 Act.  This Registration Statement,
     as amended, does  not constitute an offer  to sell, or the  solicitation of
     an offer to buy, any "security" within the meaning of the 1933 Act.
         
        
              The Portfolio's  investment objective  is to  provide  (1) a  high
     level of  current  income  exempt  from  regular  Federal  income  tax  and
     Connecticut  State  personal   income  taxes  and  (2)   limited  principal
     fluctuation.  The Portfolio  seeks to  achieve its  objective  by investing
     primarily in  Connecticut obligations  (as defined  below) having a  dollar
     weighted average  duration of  between three and  nine years and  which are
     rated at least  investment grade by a  major rating agency or,  if unrated,
     are  determined  to  be  of  at  least  investment  grade  quality  by  the
     Portfolio's   investment  adviser,  Boston  Management  and  Research  (the
     "Investment Adviser" or "BMR").
         
              Additional  information  about  the  investment  policies  of  the
     Portfolio  appears in  Part  B.  The Portfolio  is  not  intended to  be  a
     complete investment  program, and a  prospective investor should take  into
     account its objectives and other investments when considering  the purchase
     of interests in the Portfolio.  The Portfolio cannot assure  achievement of
     its investment objective.

     How the Portfolio Invests its Assets
              The  Portfolio  seeks  to  achieve  its  investment  objective  by
     investing at least  80% of its net  assets during periods of  normal market
     conditions  in  debt obligations  the  interest  on  which  is exempt  from
     regular Federal income tax, is not a tax  preference item under the Federal
     alternative minimum  tax  and is  exempt  from Connecticut  State  personal
     income taxes that are  issued by or on  behalf of the State of  Connecticut
     and its political  subdivisions, and in  debt obligations  the interest  on
     which cannot be taxed by any state  under Federal law that are issued by or
     on behalf of  the governments of Puerto  Rico, the U.S. Virgin  Islands and
     Guam  ("Connecticut tax-exempt  obligations"). The  foregoing  policy is  a
     fundamental  policy  of  the  Portfolio  and  may  not  be  changed  unless
     authorized by a vote of investors in the Portfolio. 

                                        A - 1
<PAGE>






        
              At  least 80%  of  the  Portfolio's net  assets will  normally  be
     invested in  obligations rated  at least investment  grade at  the time  of
     investment (which  are  those rated  Baa  or  higher by  Moody's  Investors
     Service, Inc.  ("Moody's") or  BBB or  higher by  either Standard &  Poor's
     Ratings Group  ("S&P") or Fitch  Investors Service, Inc.  ("Fitch")) or, if
     unrated, determined  by the Investment Adviser to be of at least investment
     grade quality. The  Portfolio may invest  up to  20% of its  net assets  in
     Connecticut obligations rated  below investment grade (but not lower than B
     by Moody's, S&P or  Fitch) and  unrated Connecticut obligations  considered
     to  be  of comparable  quality  by  the  Investment  Adviser.   Connecticut
     obligations rated  Baa or BBB  may have speculative characteristics.  Also,
     changes in  economic conditions or  other circumstances are  more likely to
     lead to a weakened  capacity to make principal  and interest payments  than
     in  the case of  higher rated obligations.   Securities rated  below Baa or
     BBB  are  commonly  known as  "junk  bonds".  The Portfolio  may  retain an
     obligation  whose  rating drops  below  B  after  its  acquisition if  such
     retention is  considered  desirable by  the Investment  Adviser. See  "Risk
     Considerations." For  a description  of municipal  obligation ratings,  see
     the Appendix to Part B.
         
        
              In  pursuing  its investment  objective,  the  Portfolio  seeks to
     invest in a  portfolio having a dollar weighted average duration of between
     three  and  nine years.  Duration  represents the  dollar  weighted average
     maturity of expected  cash flows (i.e., interest and principal payments) on
     one  or more  debt  obligations, discounted  to  their present  values. The
     duration of an obligation is usually not more than its stated maturity  and
     is  related  to the  degree  of  volatility  in  the market  value  of  the
     obligation.  Maturity measures  only the time  until a  bond or  other debt
     security provides  its final  payment; it  does not take  into account  the
     pattern of  a security's payments  over time. Duration  takes both interest
     and principal payments  into account and, thus, in the Investment Adviser's
     opinion, is  a more accurate  measure of  a debt security's  sensitivity to
     changes in interest  rates. In computing the duration of its portfolio, the
     Portfolio will  have to estimate the duration of  debt obligations that are
     subject to prepayment or redemption by the  issuer, based on projected cash
     flows from such obligations.
         
              The Portfolio may  use various techniques  to shorten  or lengthen
     the dollar  weighted  average  duration  of its  portfolio,  including  the
     acquisition of debt  obligations at a premium or discount, and transactions
     in futures contracts  and options on  futures. Subject  to the  requirement
     that the  dollar weighted average  portfolio duration will  not exceed nine
     years,  the Portfolio  may  invest in  individual  debt obligations  of any
     maturity.

              Connecticut Obligations.   Municipal obligations eligible for  the
     exemption  from  Connecticut  State  personal  income  taxes  ("Connecticut
     obligations") are  issued for  a wide  variety of  both public  and private
     purposes. Public purpose  municipal bonds include general  obligation bonds
     and revenue bonds. General  obligation bonds are backed by the taxing power

                                        A - 2
<PAGE>






     of the issuing municipality. Revenue bonds are backed by the revenues of  a
     project or facility. Municipal notes  include bond anticipation notes,  tax
     anticipation  notes,  revenue anticipation  notes,  and  construction  loan
     notes. Bond, tax and revenue anticipation notes  are short-term obligations
     that will be  retired with the proceeds  of an anticipated bond  issue, tax
     revenue  or facility  revenue, respectively.  Construction  loan notes  are
     short-term obligations that  will be retired with the proceeds of long-term
     mortgage  financing. Under  normal market  conditions,  the Portfolio  will
     invest at least 65% of its total  assets in obligations issued by the State
     of Connecticut or its political subdivisions. 
        
              Interest income from certain  types of Connecticut obligations may
     subject the  recipient to  or increase  the recipient's  liability for  the
     Federal alternative minimum tax.   The Portfolio may  not invest more  than
     20%  of its  net  assets  in these  obligations  and obligations  that  pay
     interest subject  to regular  Federal income tax  and/or Connecticut  State
     personal income  taxes.  As at  March 31, 1995,  the Portfolio had  8.3% of
     its net  assets  invested in  private  activity  bonds.   Distributions  to
     corporate investors  of  certain interest  income  may  be subject  to  the
     Federal alternative minimum tax.
         
        
              Concentration  in Connecticut  Issuers   --   Risks.   Because the
     Portfolio will  normally invest at least  65% of its  assets in Connecticut
     obligations,  it  is  more  susceptible  to   factors  adversely  affecting
     Connecticut issuers than is a comparable municipal  bond fund that does not
     concentrate its  investments in  the obligations  of issuers  located in  a
     single state.
         
        
              Historically,   Connecticut's   economic    structure   has   been
     concentrated  in manufacturing,  including a  heavy  component of  defense-
     related industries, which  increases the State's vulnerability  to economic
     cycles and  to  declines in  Federal  government  defense spending.    More
     recently, Connecticut's level  of manufacturing activity has  declined, but
     this has  been partially  offset by  extensive urban  development, a  large
     insurance sector,  relocations  of  corporate headquarters  to  Connecticut
     (specifically to  Fairfield County),  and the  extension  of other  service
     sectors.   As of  April 1995,  the unemployment  rate in  Connecticut on  a
     seasonally  adjusted  basis  was  4.9%,  as  compared  to  a  rate  of 5.8%
     nationwide. 
         
        
              General obligation bonds issued by Connecticut  municipalities are
     payable  primarily  only from  ad  valorem  taxes  on  property subject  to
     taxation by the  municipality.  The State  has about $6 billion  of general
     obligation bonds outstanding, of which  more than half have been issued for
     general   state  purposes.   The  remaining  general obligation  bonds were
     issued for  highway construction, mass  transit, and rental  housing.  Debt
     indicators have  been rising and  are high at  $1,850 per capita.   Certain
     Connecticut  municipalities have experienced severe fiscal difficulties and
     have  reported  operating   and  accumulated  deficits  in   recent  years.

                                        A - 3
<PAGE>






     Regional  economic  difficulties, reductions  in  revenues,  and  increased
     expenses  could  lead to  further  fiscal problems  for  the State  and its
     political subdivisions,  authorities, and agencies.   This could result  in
     declines  in  the value  of  their outstanding  obligations,  reductions in
     their  ability to  pay  interest and  principal  thereon, and  increases in
     their future borrowing costs.  
         
        
              General obligations of the State of Connecticut are rated AA-,  Aa
     and  AA+  by  S&P, Moody's  and  Fitch,  respectively.   The  bond  ratings
     provided  are current  as of  the date  hereof  and are  based on  economic
     conditions  that may not continue; moreover, there can be no assurance that
     particular bond  issues  may  not  be  adversely  affected  by  changes  in
     economic,  political   or  other   conditions.     The  State's   political
     subdivisions may have different ratings  that are unrelated to  the ratings
     assigned to State obligations.
         
        
              Connecticut obligations  also include  obligations issued  by  the
     governments of Puerto Rico, the U.S. Virgin Islands  and Guam to the extent
     that the interest  on such obligations cannot  be taxed by any  state under
     Federal  law. The  Portfolio  may invest  up to  5%  of its  net  assets in
     obligations issued by the  governments of each  of the U.S. Virgin  Islands
     and  Guam,  and up  to  35% of  its  assets  in obligations  issued  by the
     government of Puerto Rico.  The economy of Puerto  Rico is dominated by the
     manufacturing and service  sectors.  Although  the economy  of Puerto  Rico
     expanded significantly  from fiscal 1984  through fiscal 1990,  the rate of
     this expansion slowed  during fiscal years 1991, 1992  and 1993.  Growth in
     fiscal  1994 will depend  on several  factors, including  the state  of the
     U.S. economy and the relative stability in  the price of oil, the  exchange
     rate of the  U.S. dollar and  the cost of borrowing.   Although the  Puerto
     Rico  unemployment  rate   has  declined  substantially  since   1985,  the
     seasonally adjusted unemployment rate for February,  1995 was approximately
     12.5%.  The  North American Free  Trade Agreement  ("NAFTA"), which  became
     effective on  January 1,  1994, could  lead to  the loss  of Puerto  Rico's
     lower salaried or labor intensive jobs to Mexico.
         
        
              S&P rates  Puerto Rico  general obligation  debt A,  while Moody's
     rates it  Baa1; these  ratings  have been  in place  since 1956  and  1976,
     respectively.  S&P  assigned a stable outlook  on Puerto Rico on  April 26,
     1994.
         
        
              Concentration.   The  Portfolio  may  invest 25%  or more  of  its
     assets in  Connecticut obligations  of  the same  type, including,  without
     limitation, the  following: lease  rental obligations  of  state and  local
     authorities; obligations  of state and  local housing finance  authorities,
     municipal utilities systems or public housing  authorities; obligations for
     hospitals or  life care facilities; or  industrial development or pollution
     control bonds issued for  electric utility systems, steel  companies, paper
     companies or other purposes. This  may make the Portfolio  more susceptible

                                        A - 4
<PAGE>






     to  adverse  economic,  political or  regulatory  occurrences  affecting  a
     particular category  of issuer.  For example,  health care-related  issuers
     are susceptible to medicaid reimbursement policies,  and national and state
     health  care legislation.   As the  Portfolio's concentration increases, so
     does the potential  for fluctuation of the  net asset value of  an interest
     in the Portfolio.
         
        
              Non-Diversified  Status.   The  classification  of  the  Portfolio
     under the Investment  Company Act of 1940, as  amended (the "1940 Act"), as
     a "non-diversified"  investment company allows it  to invest,  with respect
     to 50% of its assets,  more than 5% (but not  more than 25%) of  its assets
     in the securities  of any  issuer.   The Portfolio  is likely  to invest  a
     greater percentage of its assets in the securities  of a single issuer than
     would  a  diversified  fund.    Therefore,  the  Portfolio  would  be  more
     susceptible  than a  diversified  fund to  any  single adverse  economic or
     political  occurrence  or  development  affecting  issuers  of  Connecticut
     obligations.  
         
        
     Other Investment Practices
              The Portfolio  may engage  in the following  investment practices,
     some  of  which  may  be  considered  to involve  "derivative"  instruments
     because  they  derive their  value  from  another  instrument, security  or
     index.
         
        
              Insured Obligations.   The Portfolio may  purchase municipal bonds
     that are  additionally secured  by insurance,  bank  credit agreements,  or
     escrow accounts. The  credit quality of companies which provide such credit
     enhancements  will  affect  the value  of  those  securities. Although  the
     insurance  feature  reduces  certain  financial  risks,  the  premiums  for
     insurance and  the higher  market price  paid for  insured obligations  may
     reduce current yield.  Insurance generally will be  obtained from  insurers
     with a  claims-paying ability rated Aaa by Moody's or  AAA by S&P or Fitch.
     The  insurance  does   not  guarantee  the  market  value  of  the  insured
     obligations or the net asset value of the Portfolio's interests.
         
        


         
        
              When-Issued Securities.  The  Portfolio may purchase securities on
     a "when-issued"  basis, which means  that payment  and delivery occur  on a
     future settlement  date.  The  price  and  yield  of  such  securities  are
     generally fixed on the date  of commitment to purchase. However, the market
     value of the securities  may fluctuate prior to delivery and  upon delivery
     the  securities may be worth more or  less than the Portfolio agreed to pay
     for  them.  The Portfolio  may  also  purchase  instruments  that give  the
     Portfolio  the option  to  purchase a  Connecticut  obligation when  and if
     issued.

                                        A - 5
<PAGE>






         
        
              Futures  Transactions.    The  Portfolio  may  purchase  and  sell
     various kinds of financial futures  contracts and options thereon  to hedge
     against changes in interest  rates.  The futures contracts may be  based on
     various debt  securities (such as  U.S. Government securities),  securities
     indices (such as  the Municipal Bond Index  traded on the Chicago  Board of
     Trade), and  other financial  instruments and  indices.  Such  transactions
     involve  a  risk of  loss  or  depreciation  due  to unanticipated  adverse
     changes in  securities prices,  which  may exceed  the Portfolio's  initial
     investment  in these  contracts.   The Portfolio  may not  purchase or sell
     futures contracts or related options,  except for closing purchase  or sale
     transactions, if immediately  thereafter the sum  of the  amount of  margin
     deposits and  premiums paid on the  Portfolio's outstanding positions would
     exceed 5%  of  the market  value  of the  Portfolio's  net assets.    These
     transactions involve transaction  costs.  There  can be  no assurance  that
     the  Investment  Advisor's use  of  futures  will  be  advantageous to  the
     Portfolio.    Distributions  of  any  gains  realized  on  the  Portfolio's
     transactions in futures and options on futures will be taxable.
         
        
     Risk Considerations
              Many Connecticut  obligations offering high current  income are in
     the lowest investment  grade category (Baa or BBB), lower categories or may
     be unrated.  As  indicated above, the Portfolio  may invest in  Connecticut
     obligations rated below investment grade (but not  lower than B by Moody's,
     S&P or  Fitch) and comparable  unrated obligations.   The lowest investment
     grade,  lower rated and comparable unrated Connecticut obligations in which
     the Portfolio may invest will  have speculative characteristics in  varying
     degrees.   While  such  obligations may  have  some quality  and protective
     characteristics,  these  characteristics can  be expected  to be  offset or
     outweighed by uncertainties or major risk exposures to adverse  conditions.
     Lower rated and comparable  unrated Connecticut obligations are  subject to
     the risk of an  issuer's inability to meet principal  and interest payments
     on the obligations (credit  risk) and may also be subject to  greater price
     volatility  due  to  such  factors  as interest  rate  sensitivity,  market
     perception  of  the  creditworthiness  of  the  issuer  and general  market
     liquidity (market risk).   Lower rated or unrated municipal obligations are
     also  more likely  to  react to  real  or perceived  developments affecting
     market and  credit risk than are more highly rated obligations, which react
     primarily to movements in the general level of interest rates.  
         
        
              The Portfolio  may retain  defaulted obligations in  its portfolio
     when  such retention is considered desirable by the Investment Adviser.  In
     the case  of a  defaulted obligation,  the Portfolio  may incur  additional
     expense seeking recovery  of its investment.  Municipal obligations held by
     the  Portfolio  which   are  rated  below  investment  grade,   but  which,
     subsequent to the assignment of such rating, are backed  by escrow accounts
     containing U.S. Government obligations may be determined by the  Investment
     Adviser to be of investment  grade quality for purposes of  the Portfolio's
     investment policies.    The  Portfolio  may  retain  in  its  Portfolio  an

                                        A - 6
<PAGE>






     obligation whose  rating  drops below  B  after  its acquisition,  if  such
     retention  is considered  desirable by  the  Investment Adviser;  provided,
     however,  that holdings  of obligations  rated below  Baa or  BBB  will not
     exceed 35% of  net assets.  In  the event the rating of  an obligation held
     by the  Portfolio  is downgraded,  causing  the  Portfolio to  exceed  this
     limitation, the Investment  Adviser will (in  an orderly  fashion within  a
     reasonable period  of  time)  dispose  of  such  obligations  as  it  deems
     necessary in order  to comply with its  credit quality limitations.   For a
     description of municipal obligation ratings, see the Appendix to Part B.
         
        
              The  net asset value  of the Portfolio's interests  will change in
     response to  fluctuations in prevailing  interest rates and  changes in the
     value of  the  securities  held  by  the  Portfolio.  When  interest  rates
     decline, the value of securities held by  the Portfolio can be expected  to
     rise. Conversely, when  interest rates rise,  the value  of most  portfolio
     security holdings  can  be expected  to  decline.   Because  the  Portfolio
     intends  to limit  its  average portfolio  duration  to no  more than  nine
     years, its net asset value  can be expected to be less sensitive to changes
     in interest  rates than  that of  a fund  with a  longer average  portfolio
     duration.   Changes  in the  credit quality  of the issuers  of Connecticut
     obligations held  by the Portfolio will affect  the principal value of (and
     possibly the  income earned on)  such obligations. In  addition, the values
     of such securities are affected  by changes in general  economic conditions
     and  business  conditions  affecting  the  specific   industries  of  their
     issuers.   Changes  by recognized  rating services  in their  ratings of  a
     security  and in the  ability of the issuer  to make  payments of principal
     and interest  may also  affect the  value of  the Portfolio's  investments.
     The amount of  information about the  financial condition  of an issuer  of
     municipal obligations  may not be  as extensive as  that made  available by
     corporations  whose  securities  are publicly  traded.    An investment  in
     interests in  the  Portfolio  will  not constitute  a  complete  investment
     program.
         
        
              At times, a  substantial portion of the Portfolio's assets  may be
     invested in  securities as  to which  the Portfolio by  itself or  together
     with other accounts managed by  the Investment Adviser and  its affiliates,
     holds a major  portion or all of such securities.   Under adverse market or
     economic conditions or  in the event  of adverse  changes in the  financial
     condition  of the  issuer, the Portfolio  could find  it more  difficult to
     sell such securities when the  Investment Adviser believes it  advisable to
     do so or may be able  to sell such securities only at prices lower  than if
     such securities  were more widely  held.  Under such  circumstances, it may
     also be more difficult to determine the  fair value of such securities  for
     purposes of computing the Portfolio's net asset value.
         
        
              The secondary market for  some Connecticut obligations  (including
     issues that are  privately placed with  the Portfolio) is less  liquid than
     that  for  taxable  debt  obligations  or  for  other  more  widely  traded
     municipal  obligations.   The  Portfolio  will   not  invest  in   illiquid

                                        A - 7
<PAGE>






     securities if more  than 15% of its assets  would be invested in securities
     that are not readily marketable.   No established resale market exists  for
     certain of the Connecticut obligations  in which the Portfolio  may invest.
     The market for obligations  rated below investment grade is also  likely to
     be less liquid than  the market for higher rated obligations. As  a result,
     the Portfolio may  be unable to  dispose of these municipal  obligations at
     times  when it would  otherwise wish to do  so at the prices  at which they
     are valued.  
         
        
              Certain securities held by the Portfolio may permit the issuer  at
     its option  to "call", or  redeem, its  securities.  If  an issuer were  to
     redeem securities  held  by  the  Portfolio  during  a  time  of  declining
     interest rates, the Portfolio  may not be able to reinvest the  proceeds in
     securities  providing  the   same  investment  return  as   the  securities
     redeemed.
         
        
              Some of the securities in which the Portfolio invests may  include
     so-called  "zero-coupon"  bonds,  whose  values  are   subject  to  greater
     fluctuation in  response to  changes in  market interest  rates than  bonds
     which  pay  interest   currently.    Zero-coupon  bonds  are  issued  at  a
     significant discount  from face  value and  pay interest  only at  maturity
     rather than at  intervals during the life  of the security.   The Portfolio
     is required to  accrue and distribute  income from zero-coupon  bonds on  a
     current basis,  even though it  does not receive  that income currently  in
     cash.   Thus, the  Portfolio may have to  sell other  investments to obtain
     cash needed to make income distributions.
         
        
              The Portfolio  may invest  in municipal leases  and participations
     in municipal leases.  The obligation of the  issuer to meet its obligations
     under such leases is often subject to the appropriation by  the appropriate
     legislative body,  on an annual or other basis, of funds for the payment of
     the obligations.  Investments in municipal  leases are thus subject to  the
     risk that  the legislative body  will not make  the necessary appropriation
     and  the  issuer  will  not  otherwise  be  willing  or able  to  meet  its
     obligations.
         
        
     Investment Restrictions
              The   Portfolio  has   adopted  certain   fundamental   investment
     restrictions which are enumerated in detail in Part B  and which may not be
     changed unless authorized by an  investor vote. Except for  such enumerated
     restrictions and  as otherwise  indicated in  this Part  A, the  investment
     objective and  policies of the  Portfolio are not  fundamental policies and
     accordingly may be changed by  the Trustees without obtaining  the approval
     of the investors  in the Portfolio.  The Portfolio  investors will  receive
     written notice thirty days prior to any change in  the investment objective
     of  the  Portfolio. If  any  changes were  made, the  Portfolio  might have
     investment  objectives different  from  the  objectives which  an  investor
     considered appropriate at the time of its initial investment.

                                        A - 8
<PAGE>






         
     Item 5.  Management of the Portfolio
        
              The Portfolio is organized as a trust under the  laws of the State
     of  New York. The  Portfolio intends to comply  with all applicable Federal
     and state securities laws.
         
              Investment  Adviser.   The Portfolio  engages BMR,  a wholly-owned
     subsidiary of  Eaton Vance  Management ("Eaton  Vance"), as  its investment
     adviser.  Eaton Vance, its  affiliates and  its predecessor  companies have
     been managing  assets  of  individuals  and  institutions  since  1924  and
     managing investment companies since 1931.
        
              Acting under  the general supervision  of the  Board of  Trustees,
     BMR manages the Portfolio's  investments and affairs. Under  its investment
     advisory agreement with  the Portfolio, BMR receives a monthly advisory fee
     equal to the aggregate of
         
              (a)   a  daily asset-based  fee  computed by  applying  the annual
                    asset rate applicable to that portion of the total daily net
                    assets in each Category as indicated below, plus

              (b)   a  daily income-based  fee  computed by  applying  the daily
                    income  rate applicable  to that portion of  the total daily
                    gross income (which portion shall bear the same relationship
                    to the total daily gross  income on such day as that portion
                    of the total daily net assets in  the same Category bears to
                    the total daily net assets on such day) in  each Category as
                    indicated below:

                                                              Annual   Daily
                                                              Asset    Income
       Category    Daily Net Assets                           Rate     Rate
       1           Up to $500 million ..................      0.300%   3.00%
       2           $500 million but less than $1 billion      0.275%   2.75%
       3           $1 billion but less than $1.5 billion      0.250%   2.50%
       4           $1.5 billion but less than $2 billion      0.225%   2.25%
       5           $2 billion but less than $3 billion        0.200%   2.00%
       6           $3 billion and over .................      0.175%   1.75%
        
              As   at  March  31,   1995,  the  Portfolio  had   net  assets  of
     $17,315,618.  For the  fiscal  year ended  March  31, 1995,  the Portfolio,
     absent  a fee  reduction, would have  paid BMR advisory  fees equivalent to
     0.45%  of the  Portfolio's average  daily net  assets  for such  year.   To
     enhance  the net  income  of the  Portfolio, BMR  made  a reduction  of its
     advisory fee in the full  amount of such fee, and BMR was  allocated $8,932
     of expenses related to the operation of the Portfolio. 
         
              BMR furnishes for the  use of the  Portfolio office space and  all
     necessary  office facilities,  equipment and  personnel  for servicing  the
     investments of the  Portfolio. The Portfolio is responsible for the payment


                                        A - 9
<PAGE>






     of  all expenses other  than those  expressly stated  to be payable  by BMR
     under the investment advisory agreement.
        
              William  H.  Ahern  has  acted as  the  portfolio  manager of  the
     Portfolio  since October 1994.  He has been an  Assistant Vice President of
     Eaton Vance since 1994 and an employee since 1989. 
         
              Municipal  obligations,  including  Connecticut  obligations,  are
     normally traded on a net basis (without commission)  through broker-dealers
     and banks acting  for their own account. Such  firms attempt to profit from
     such transactions  by buying  at the bid  price and  selling at the  higher
     asked price of the  market, and the  difference is customarily referred  to
     as   the  spread.   In  selecting   firms  which   will  execute  portfolio
     transactions, BMR judges their professional ability and quality of  service
     and  uses  its  best  efforts to  obtain  execution  at  prices  which  are
     advantageous  to  the  Portfolio and  at  reasonably  competitive  spreads.
     Subject to the  foregoing, BMR may  consider sales of shares  of investment
     companies sponsored  by BMR or Eaton Vance as  a factor in the selection of
     firms to execute portfolio transactions.

        
              BMR  or  Eaton  Vance acts  as  investment  adviser  to investment
     companies  and various  individual and  institutional  clients with  assets
     under management of  approximately $15 billion.  Eaton Vance  is a  wholly-
     owned subsidiary of  Eaton Vance Corp.,  a publicly  held holding  company.
     Eaton  Vance Corp.,  through its  subsidiaries and  affiliates, engages  in
     investment management  and  marketing  activities,  fiduciary  and  banking
     services, oil and gas  operations, real  estate investment, consulting  and
     management, and development of precious metals properties.
         
     Item 6.  Capital Stock and Other Securities
        
              The  Portfolio is organized as a trust under the laws of the State
     of New York  and intends to  be treated  as a partnership  for Federal  tax
     purposes. Under  the Declaration of  Trust, the Trustees  are authorized to
     issue interests in  the Portfolio. Each investor  is entitled to a  vote in
     proportion to  the amount of  its investment in  the Portfolio. Investments
     in the Portfolio may  not be transferred, but an investor may  withdraw all
     or  any portion of its investment at any time at net asset value. Investors
     in the Portfolio will each be liable for all obligations of the  Portfolio.
     However, the risk of  an investor in the Portfolio incurring financial loss
     on account  of such  liability is  limited to circumstances  in which  both
     inadequate insurance exists and the Portfolio itself is  unable to meet its
     obligations.
         
        
              The  Declaration  of  Trust   provides  that  the  Portfolio  will
     terminate 120  days after the  complete withdrawal of  any investor in  the
     Portfolio unless either  the remaining investors,  by unanimous  vote at  a
     meeting of such investors, or a majority of  the Trustees of the Portfolio,
     by written  instrument consented to by all investors, agree to continue the


                                        A - 10
<PAGE>






     business of the  Portfolio. This provision is consistent with the treatment
     of the Portfolio as a partnership for Federal income tax purposes.
         
        
              Investments  in the  Portfolio  have no  preemptive  or conversion
     rights  and are fully  paid and  nonassessable by the  Portfolio, except as
     set  forth  above.  The  Portfolio  is  not  required  and  has  no current
     intention to hold annual  meetings of investors, but the Portfolio may hold
     special meetings of  investors when in the  judgment of the Trustees  it is
     necessary or desirable to submit  matters for an investor vote. Changes  in
     fundamental  policies or  restrictions will be  submitted to  investors for
     approval.  The  investment  objective  and  all  nonfundamental  investment
     policies of the  Portfolio may be changed by  the Trustees of the Portfolio
     without  obtaining  the  approval  of  the  investors  in  the   Portfolio.
     Investors  have under  certain circumstances  (e.g.,  upon application  and
     submission of  certain specified documents  to the Trustees  by a specified
     number  of investors)  the  right to  communicate  with other  investors in
     connection with  requesting  a meeting  of  investors  for the  purpose  of
     removing  one  or  more  Trustees.  Any  Trustee  may  be  removed  by  the
     affirmative  vote  of  holders  of  two-thirds  of  the  interests  in  the
     Portfolio.
         
        
              Information regarding  pooled investment  entities or  funds which
     invest  in  the  Portfolio  may  be  obtained  by  contacting  Eaton  Vance
     Distributors, Inc.,  24 Federal  Street, Boston,  MA 02110 (617)  482-8260.
     Smaller  investors  in the  Portfolio  may  be  adversely  affected by  the
     actions of  larger investors  in  the Portfolio.  For example,  if a  large
     investor  withdraws  from  the  Portfolio,  the   remaining  investors  may
     experience  higher pro  rata operating  expenses,  thereby producing  lower
     returns. Additionally, the Portfolio may become less  diverse, resulting in
     increased portfolio  risk, and  experience decreasing  economies of  scale.
     However, this  possibility exists as well for historically structured funds
     which have large or institutional investors.
         
        
              As of June 30, 1995, EV Marathon Connecticut Limited Maturity  Tax
     Free  Fund,  a series  of  Eaton  Vance  Investment  Trust, controlled  the
     Portfolio  by  virtue of  owning  approximately  91.5% of  the  outstanding
     voting securities of the Portfolio.
         
        
              The net asset  value of  the Portfolio is  determined each  day on
     which  the New  York Stock  Exchange (the  "Exchange") is  open for trading
     ("Portfolio  Business Day").  This  determination  is made  each  Portfolio
     Business Day as of the close of regular trading on the Exchange  (currently
     4:00 p.m., New York time) (the "Portfolio Valuation Time").
         
        
              Each  investor  in  the  Portfolio  may  add  to  or  reduce   its
     investment  in the  Portfolio  on each  Portfolio  Business Day  as of  the
     Portfolio Valuation  Time. The  value of  each investor's  interest in  the

                                        A - 11
<PAGE>






     Portfolio will be  determined by  multiplying the  net asset  value of  the
     Portfolio  by the  percentage, determined on  the prior  Portfolio Business
     Day, which  represents that investor's  share of the  aggregate interest in
     the  Portfolio on  such prior  day. Any  additions or  withdrawals for  the
     current  Portfolio Business  Day  will then  be  recorded. Each  investor's
     percentage of  the  aggregate  interest  in  the  Portfolio  will  then  be
     recomputed as a  percentage equal to a fraction  (i) the numerator of which
     is the  value of  such investor's  investment in  the Portfolio  as of  the
     Portfolio Valuation  Time  on the  prior  Portfolio  Business Day  plus  or
     minus, as  the case may be,  the amount of any  additions to or withdrawals
     from the  investor's investment in  the Portfolio on  the current Portfolio
     Business Day and (ii) the denominator of  which is the aggregate net  asset
     value  of the Portfolio  as of  the Portfolio  Valuation Time on  the prior
     Portfolio Business Day  plus or minus,  as the case  may be, the  amount of
     the net  additions to or withdrawals  from the aggregate investment  in the
     Portfolio on  the current  Portfolio Business Day  by all investors  in the
     Portfolio. The percentage so determined  will then be applied  to determine
     the value  of the  investor's interest  in  the Portfolio  for the  current
     Portfolio Business Day.
         
        
              The Portfolio will allocate at  least annually among its investors
     its net taxable  (if any) and  tax-exempt investment  income, net  realized
     capital gains,  and any other  items of  income, gain,  loss, deduction  or
     credit. The  Portfolio's  net  investment income  consists  of  all  income
     accrued on the Portfolio's assets, less all  actual and accrued expenses of
     the Portfolio, determined in accordance with  generally accepted accounting
     principles.
         
        
              Under the anticipated  method of operation  of the  Portfolio, the
     Portfolio will not be subject to any  Federal income tax (see Part B,  Item
     20).  However,  each investor in the  Portfolio will take into  account its
     allocable share  of the  Portfolio's ordinary  income and  capital gain  in
     determining its  Federal income  tax liability.  The determination of  each
     such share will  be made in  accordance with the  governing instruments  of
     the  Portfolio,  which   instruments  are  intended  to   comply  with  the
     requirements of the Code and the regulations promulgated thereunder.
         
        
              It  is intended  that the  Portfolio's assets  and income  will be
     managed in  such a way  that an  investor in  the Portfolio  that seeks  to
     qualify as a  regulated investment company ("RIC")  under the Code will  be
     able to satisfy the requirements for such qualification.
         
     Item 7.  Purchase of Interests in the Portfolio
              Interests  in the Portfolio are issued solely in private placement
     transactions that do not involve  any "public offering" within  the meaning
     of  Section 4(2) of  the 1933 Act. See  "General Description of Registrant"
     above.
        


                                        A - 12
<PAGE>






              An investment in the Portfolio will be made without a  sales load.
     All investments received by  the Portfolio will be effected as of  the next
     Portfolio  Valuation  Time.  The  net  asset  value  of  the  Portfolio  is
     determined at the  Portfolio Valuation Time on each Portfolio Business Day.
     The Portfolio will be  closed for business and will not price  interests in
     the  Portfolio   on  the  following  business  holidays:  New  Year's  Day,
     Presidents' Day, Good  Friday (a New York Stock Exchange holiday), Memorial
     Day, Independence Day, Labor Day,  Thanksgiving Day and Christmas  Day. The
     Portfolio's net  asset  value is  computed  in accordance  with  procedures
     established by the Portfolio's Trustees.
         
        
              The Portfolio's net asset value is determined by Investors Bank  &
     Trust Company (as custodian  and agent for the  Portfolio) based on  market
     or fair value  in the manner authorized  by the Trustees of  the Portfolio.
     The net  asset  value is  computed by  subtracting the  liabilities of  the
     Portfolio from the  value of its total  assets. Inasmuch as the  market for
     Connecticut  obligations  is  a  dealer  market  with  no  central  trading
     location or continuous quotation  system, it is not feasible to obtain last
     transaction prices for  most Connecticut obligations held by the Portfolio,
     and such  obligations, including  those purchased  on a when-issued  basis,
     will normally be  valued on the basis of  valuations furnished by a pricing
     service. The pricing service uses information with respect to  transactions
     in bonds, quotations from  bond dealers, market transactions  in comparable
     securities,  various  relationships   between  securities,  and   yield  to
     maturity  in  determining  value.  Taxable  obligations   for  which  price
     quotations are  readily  available normally  will  be  valued at  the  mean
     between the latest available bid  and asked prices. Open  futures positions
     on debt securities are valued  at the most recent settlement  prices unless
     such price does not  reflect the fair value of the contract,  in which case
     the positions will be valued by or at the  direction of the Trustees of the
     Portfolio. Other assets are valued  at fair value using  methods determined
     in  good  faith  by  or at  the  direction  of  the  Trustees. For  further
     information regarding the  valuation of the Portfolio's assets, see Part B,
     Item 19.
         
              There  is  no minimum  initial  or  subsequent investment  in  the
     Portfolio. The Portfolio  reserves the right to cease accepting investments
     at any time or to reject any investment order.
        
              The   placement   agent  for   the   Portfolio   is   Eaton  Vance
     Distributors, Inc. ("EVD").  The principal business  address of  EVD is  24
     Federal Street, Boston,  Massachusetts 02110. EVD receives  no compensation
     for serving as the placement agent for the Portfolio.
         
     Item 8.  Redemption or Decrease of Interest
              An  investor in  the Portfolio  may withdraw  all (redeem)  or any
     portion  (decrease)  of its  interest  in  the  Portfolio  if a  withdrawal
     request in proper  form is furnished by the  investor to the Portfolio. All
     withdrawals will be  effected as of the next  Portfolio Valuation Time. The
     proceeds of a  withdrawal will  be paid by  the Portfolio  normally on  the
     Portfolio Business Day the  withdrawal is effected, but in any event within

                                        A - 13
<PAGE>






     seven days.  The Portfolio  reserves the  right to  pay the  proceeds of  a
     withdrawal (whether a  redemption or decrease) by a distribution in kind of
     portfolio  securities (instead  of  cash).  The securities  so  distributed
     would be valued at the same amount as that  assigned to them in calculating
     the  net asset value  for the interest (whether  complete or partial) being
     withdrawn.  If  an investor  received  a  distribution  in  kind upon  such
     withdrawal,  the investor  could  incur  brokerage  and  other  charges  in
     converting  the  securities to  cash.  The  Portfolio  has  filed with  the
     Securities and  Exchange Commission a  notification of election  on Form N-
     18F-1  committing  to pay  in  cash  all requests  for  withdrawals by  any
     investor, limited in  amount with  respect to such  investor during any  90
     day  period to the lesser of (a) $250,000 or  (b) 1% of the net asset value
     of the Portfolio at the beginning of such period.

              Investments in the Portfolio may not be transferred.

              The  right of any investor to receive  payment with respect to any
     withdrawal  may be  suspended  or the  payment  of the  withdrawal proceeds
     postponed during  any period in  which the Exchange  is closed  (other than
     weekends or holidays) or  trading on the Exchange is restricted or,  to the
     extent  otherwise permitted  by the  1940 Act,  if an emergency  exists, or
     during  any other  period  permitted by  order of  the  Commission for  the
     protection of investors.

     Item 9.  Pending Legal Proceedings
              Not applicable.



























                                        A - 14
<PAGE>






                                       PART B

     Item 10.  Cover Page.
              Not applicable.

     Item 11.  Table of Contents.
                                                                            Page
              General Information and History  . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  B-1 
              Investment Objectives and Policies   . . . . . . . . . . . .  B-1 
              Management of the Portfolio  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  B-12
              Control Persons and Principal Holder of Securities   . . . .  B-14
              Investment Advisory and Other Services   . . . . . . . . . .  B-14
              Brokerage Allocation and Other Practices   . . . . . . . . .  B-16
              Capital Stock and Other Securities   . . . . . . . . . . . .  B-18
              Purchase, Redemption and Pricing of Securities   . . . . . .  B-19
              Tax Status   . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  B-19
              Underwriters   . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  B-21
              Calculation of Performance Data  . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  B-22
              Financial Statements   . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  B-22
              Appendix   . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  a-1 

     Item 12.  General Information and History.
              Not applicable.

     Item 13.  Investment Objectives and Policies.
        
              Part  A  contains  additional  information  about  the  investment
     objective  and  policies  of  the  Connecticut  Limited  Maturity Tax  Free
     Portfolio (the  "Portfolio"). This  Part B  should be  read in  conjunction
     with  Part A.  Capitalized  terms used  in this  Part  B and  not otherwise
     defined have the meanings given them in Part A.
         
     Connecticut Obligations
        
              As used in this Part B, the term "Connecticut obligations"  refers
     to debt obligations issued  by the State of  Connecticut and its  political
     subdivisions  (for  example,   counties,  cities,   towns,  districts   and
     authorities) and  the governments of  Puerto Rico, the  U.S. Virgin Islands
     and Guam, the interest on which is  exempt from regular Federal income  tax
     and Connecticut  State personal income  taxes. In general,  there are three
     categories of Connecticut  obligations the interest on which is exempt from
     Federal income tax  and is not  a tax preference  item for purposes of  the
     Federal alternative minimum  tax: (i) certain "public  purpose" obligations
     (whenever issued), which  include obligations issued directly by  state and
     local  governments or  their  agencies  to fulfill  essential  governmental
     functions; (ii)  certain obligations issued  before August 8,  1986 for the
     benefit  of  non-governmental  persons  or  entities;   and  (iii)  certain
     "private  activity  bonds"  issued  after  August  7,  1986  which  include
     "qualified Section  501(c)(3) bonds" or  refundings of certain  obligations
     included in  the  second category.  In  assessing  the Federal  income  tax
     treatment of interest  on any such obligation, the Portfolio will generally
     rely on an  opinion of the issuer's  counsel (when available) and  will not

                                        B - 1
<PAGE>






     undertake any independent verification of  the basis for the  opinion. Such
     bonds are issued to obtain funds  for various public and private  purposes.
     The  two  principal   classifications  of  municipal  bonds   are  "general
     obligation" bonds and "revenue" bonds.
         
        
              Interest on  certain "private activity bonds"  issued after August
     7, 1986  is exempt from  regular Federal income  tax, but such interest  is
     treated  as a tax  preference item that could  subject the  recipient to or
     increase  the recipient's  liability for  the  Federal alternative  minimum
     tax.   It  should be  noted  that, for  a  corporate holder  (other than  a
     regulated investment company)  of an interest in the Portfolio, interest on
     all  Connecticut obligations  (whenever issued)  is  included in  "adjusted
     current earnings"  for purposes of  the Federal alternative  minimum tax as
     applied  to  corporations (only  to  the  extent  not  already included  in
     alternative  minimum  taxable  income as  income  attributable  to  private
     activity bonds).
         
        
              Market  discount  on  long-term  tax-exempt municipal  obligations
     (i.e., obligations with  a term  of more than  one year)  purchased in  the
     secondary market after April  30, 1993  is taxable as  ordinary income.   A
     long-term debt  obligation is  generally treated  as acquired  at a  market
     discount  if  the secondary  market  purchase price  is  less than  (i) the
     stated principal  amount payable at maturity, in the  case of an obligation
     that  does not  have original  issue  discount or  (ii) in  the case  of an
     obligation that  does have  original issue discount,  the sum of  the issue
     price and  any original issue  discount that accrued  before the obligation
     was purchased, subject to a de minimus amount.
         
              Issuers  of  general obligation  bonds  include  states, counties,
     cities, towns and  regional districts.  The proceeds  of these  obligations
     are  used   to  fund  a  wide  range   of  public  projects  including  the
     construction  or  improvement of  schools,  highways and  roads,  water and
     sewer systems  and a variety of  other public purposes.  The basic security
     of general obligation  bonds is the  issuer's pledge of  its faith,  credit
     and taxing power for the payment of principal and interest. The taxes  that
     can be levied for  the payment of debt service may be  limited or unlimited
     as to rate and amount.

              The principal  security for a  revenue bond is  generally the  net
     revenues derived from a  particular facility or group of facilities  or, in
     some  cases,  from the  proceeds  of  a special  excise  or other  specific
     revenue source. Revenue  bonds have been issued  to fund a wide  variety of
     capital projects  including: electric,  gas, water,  sewer and  solid waste
     disposal  systems; highways, bridges and tunnels; port, airport and parking
     facilities;  transportation  systems;  housing   facilities,  colleges  and
     universities and  hospitals. Although the  principal security behind  these
     bonds varies  widely, many  provide additional  security in  the form of  a
     debt service reserve  fund whose monies may  be used to make  principal and
     interest payments on the issuer's obligations.  Housing finance authorities
     have a wide  range of security including  partially or fully  insured, rent

                                        B - 2
<PAGE>






     subsidized and/or  collateralized mortgages, and/or  the net revenues  from
     housing  or other public  projects. In addition  to a  debt service reserve
     fund, some authorities provide  further security in the  form of a  state's
     ability (without  legal obligation)  to make  up deficiencies  in the  debt
     service reserve  fund.  Lease rental  revenue bonds  issued by  a state  or
     local authority for capital projects  are normally secured by  annual lease
     rental payments from the state  or locality to the authority  sufficient to
     cover  debt  service on  the  authority's  obligations. Such  payments  are
     usually subject to annual appropriations by the state or locality.
        
              Industrial  development and  pollution control  bonds are  in most
     cases revenue bonds  and are generally not  secured by the taxing  power of
     the municipality,  but are usually secured  by the revenues  derived by the
     authority from payments of the industrial user or users.
         
              The Portfolio may  on occasion  acquire revenue bonds which  carry
     warrants or  similar rights  covering equity  securities. Such warrants  or
     rights   may  be  held  indefinitely,   but  if  exercised,  the  Portfolio
     anticipates  that  it would,  under  normal circumstances,  dispose  of any
     equity securities so acquired within a reasonable period of time.
        


         
              While  most municipal  bonds pay  a fixed  rate of  interest semi-
     annually in  cash, there are  exceptions. Some bonds  pay no periodic  cash
     interest, but  rather make a  single payment at  maturity representing both
     principal and  interest. Bonds may  be issued or  subsequently offered with
     interest  coupons materially  greater or less  than those  then prevailing,
     with price adjustments reflecting such deviation.

              The obligations of  any person or  entity to pay the  principal of
     and interest  on a Connecticut obligation are  subject to the provisions of
     bankruptcy, insolvency and  other laws affecting the rights and remedies of
     creditors, such as the Federal Bankruptcy Act, and  laws, if any, which may
     be  enacted  by Congress  or  state  legislatures  extending  the time  for
     payment of  principal or interest,  or both, or  imposing other constraints
     upon enforcement  of such obligations.  There is also  the possibility that
     as a result  of litigation or other conditions the  power or ability of any
     person  or entity to pay when due principal  of and interest on a municipal
     obligation may be  materially affected. There have been recent instances of
     defaults and  bankruptcies involving municipal  obligations which were  not
     foreseen by the  financial and investment communities.  The Portfolio  will
     take whatever action it considers  appropriate in the event  of anticipated
     financial difficulties, default or bankruptcy  of either the issuer  of any
     municipal obligation  or  of  the  underlying  source  of  funds  for  debt
     service. Such action  may include retaining the services of various persons
     or firms  (including affiliates of  the Investment Adviser)  to evaluate or
     protect  any real  estate,  facilities or  other  assets securing  any such
     obligation or acquired by  the Portfolio as a result of any such event, and
     the  Portfolio may  also  manage (or  engage  other persons  to manage)  or
     otherwise deal  with  any  real  estate,  facilities  or  other  assets  so

                                        B - 3
<PAGE>






     acquired.  The  Portfolio  anticipates  that  real  estate  consulting  and
     management  services may  be required with  respect to  properties securing
     various municipal obligations in its portfolio  or subsequently acquired by
     the Portfolio. The Portfolio  will incur additional expenditures in  taking
     protective  action with  respect  to portfolio  obligations in  default and
     assets securing such obligations.

              The  yields on  Connecticut  obligations  will be  dependent  on a
     variety of  factors, including purposes  of issue and  source of funds  for
     repayment,  general money  market  conditions,  general conditions  of  the
     municipal  bond market,  size  of a  particular  offering, maturity  of the
     obligation and rating of the issue. The  ratings of Moody's, S&P and  Fitch
     represent their  opinions as to the  quality of the  obligations which they
     undertake  to rate.  It  should be  emphasized,  however, that  ratings are
     based on judgment  and are not absolute standards of quality. Consequently,
     Connecticut obligations with  the same maturity, coupon and rating may have
     different yields while  obligations of the  same maturity  and coupon  with
     different  ratings may have the  same yield. In  addition, the market price
     of  such obligations  will  normally  fluctuate  with changes  in  interest
     rates, and therefore the net asset value of  the Portfolio will be affected
     by such changes.

     Risks of Concentration

              Connecticut Obligations.  The  following information as to certain
     Connecticut  considerations   is  given  to   investors  in  view  of   the
     Portfolio's  policy  of  concentrating   its  investments  in   Connecticut
     issuers.  Such information  is  derived  from  sources that  are  generally
     available to investors  and is believed  to be  accurate. Such  information
     constitutes  only  a brief  summary,  does not  purport  to  be a  complete
     description and is based  on information from official statements  relating
     to  securities offerings  of  Connecticut issuers.  The  Portfolio has  not
     independently verified this information.
        
              Although the manufacturing sector  has traditionally been of prime
     economic  importance  to  Connecticut,  the   non-manufacturing  sector  of
     employment (primarily  aircraft  engines,helicopters  and  submarines)  now
     dominates  the State's  economy.   Approximately  82%  of the  State's non-
     agricultural employment  is in  the non-manufacturing  sector, with 30%  of
     the  total in the  service sector,  22% in  the wholesale and  retail trade
     sector, and 14% in the  government sector.  Defense-related  business plays
     an  important  role in  the  Connecticut  economy,  and  defense awards  to
     Connecticut have traditionally  been among the highest  in the nation on  a
     per  capita basis.   However,  in recent  years the  Federal government has
     reduced defense-related  spending, which has  had an adverse  impact on the
     Connecticut economy.
         
        
              As  of April  1995,  the  unemployment rate  in Connecticut  on  a
     seasonally  adjusted basis  was  4.9%, compared  to  5.68% for  the nation.
     Between March 1994 and March  1995, the State gained 13,700  non-farm jobs,
     with gains in  the services, trade and government sectors offsetting losses

                                        B - 4
<PAGE>






     in the manufacturing (durable  goods), finance,  insurance and real  estate
     sectors of the economy.  The State's economy  is beginning a slow recovery,
     constrained by  military spending  cuts and  cost containment pressures  in
     the  insurance and  biomedical  industries.   The  full economic  impact of
     continued corporate downsizing in the defense and insurance industries  may
     not be fully realized.
         
        
              The State derives  over 70% of its revenues  from taxes imposed by
     the State.   The two major taxes  have been the sales  and use tax and  the
     corporation  business tax,  each of  which is  sensitive to  changes in the
     level  of economic  activity  in the  State,  but the  Connecticut personal
     income tax on  individuals, trusts, and estates enacted in 1991 is expected
     to supersede them in  importance.  In order  to promote economic  stability
     and provide a positive business  climate, several tax changes  were adopted
     during the  1993 legislative session.   Among the  most significant changes
     were the changes to  the Corporation Business Tax -- a 4-year  gradual rate
     reduction to 11.25%  beginning January 1,  1995; 11%  beginning January  1,
     1996; 10.5% beginning January 1, 1997; and 10% beginning January 1, 1998.
         
        
              During  fiscal  1991-92,  the   State  issued  $965.7  million  of
     Economic Recovery Notes,  of which  $555.6 million remained  outstanding as
     of October 1, 1994.  The State ended the  1992-93 fiscal year with a $113.5
     million General Fund  operating surplus and  a $19.7  million General  Fund
     surplus for the 1993-1994 fiscal year.
         
        
              The State, its  officers and employees are defendants  in numerous
     lawsuits.  According  to the State  Attorney General's  Office, an  adverse
     decision in any of the cases summarized  herein could materially affect the
     State's  financial position:  (i)  an action  to  enforce the  spending cap
     provision of  the  State's constitution  by  seeking  to require  that  the
     General Assembly  define certain terms  used therein and  to enjoin certain
     increases  in  "general  budget expenditures"  until  this  is  done;  (ii)
     litigation on behalf of black and hispanic  school children in the City  of
     Hartford   seeking  "integrated  education"  within  the  greater  Hartford
     metropolitan area;  (iii) litigation involving claims  by Indian  tribes to
     less than 1/10 of  1% of the State's land area; (iv) litigation challenging
     the State's method  of financing elementary and secondary public schools on
     the grounds  that it  denies equal access  to education;  (v) an action  in
     which two retarded  persons seek placement  outside a  State hospital,  new
     programs, and damages  on behalf of  themselves and  all mentally  retarded
     patients at the hospital; (vi)  litigation involving claims for  refunds of
     taxes by several cable  television companies; (vii) an action  on behalf of
     all  persons  with retardation  or  traumatic brain  injury,  claiming that
     their constitutional  rights are violated by  placement in  State hospitals
     alleged  not  to  provide adequate  treatment  and  training,  and  seeking
     placement  in  community  residential  settings  with  appropriate  support
     services; (viii) an action by  the Connecticut Hospital Association  and 33
     hospitals  seeking to  require  the State  to  reimburse hospitals  for in-
     patient medical services on a more favorable basis; (ix) a class action  by

                                        B - 5
<PAGE>






     the Connecticut  Criminal Defense Lawyers  Association claiming a  campaign
     of  illegal  surveillance  activity  and  seeking  damages  and  injunctive
     relief; (x) two actions  for monetary damages brought  by a former  patient
     at a  State mental hospital  stemming from an  attempted suicide that  left
     her brain-damaged; (xi) an action  challenging the validity of  the State's
     imposition  of   surcharges  on   hospital  charges   to  finance   certain
     uncompensated  care costs  incurred  by  hospitals;  and  (xii)  an  action
     challenging the validity  of the State's imposition of gross earnings taxes
     on hospital revenues to finance certain uncompensated care costs.
         
        


         
        
              Obligations  of Puerto  Rico,  the U.S.  Virgin Islands  and Guam.
     Subject to the Portfolio's investment policies as set  forth in Part A, the
     Portfolio may  invest in the obligations of the governments of Puerto Rico,
     the  U.S.  Virgin Islands  and  Guam.  Accordingly,  the  Portfolio may  be
     adversely  affected  by   local  political  and  economic   conditions  and
     developments affecting the issuers of such obligations.
         
        
              Puerto   Rico  has   a  diversified   economy  dominated   by  the
     manufacturing and service  sectors.  Manufacturing is the largest sector in
     terms  of  gross domestic  product  and  is  more  diversified than  during
     earlier phases of  Puerto Rico's industrial development.  The three largest
     sectors of the economy (as a percentage of employment) are services  (47%),
     government (22%) and  manufacturing (16.4%).  These three sectors represent
     39%,  11%  and 39%,  respectively,  of the  gross  domestic  product.   The
     service   sector  is   the  fastest  growing,   while  the  government  and
     manufacturing  sectors have  been stagnant  for the  past five years.   The
     North  American  Free  Trade  Agreement  (NAFTA),  which  became  effective
     January 1,  1994, could lead to the loss of Puerto Rico's lower salaried or
     labor intensive jobs to Mexico.   The February, 1995 unemployment rate  was
     12.5%, down from 16% for 1994.
         
        
                The  Commonwealth of  Puerto Rico  exercises virtually  the same
     control over  its internal  affairs as  do  the fifty  states; however,  it
     differs from  the states in  its relationship with  the Federal government.
     Most Federal  taxes, except those  such as social  security taxes that  are
     imposed  by mutual consent,  are not  levied in  Puerto Rico.   However, in
     conjunction with  the 1993 U.S.  budget plan, Section  936 of the Code  was
     amended and provided  for two alternative  limitations to  the Section  936
     credit.  The first option will limit the credit against  such income to 40%
     of  the credit  allowable  under current  law,  with a  five  year phase-in
     period starting at 60%  of the allowable  credit.  The  second option is  a
     wage and depreciation  based credit.  The reduction  of the tax benefits to
     those U.S.  companies with  operations in  Puerto Rico  may lead  to slower
     growth in the future.  There can  be no assurance that these  modifications


                                        B - 6
<PAGE>






     will  not lead to a weakened economy, a  lower rating on Puerto Rico's debt
     or lower prices for Puerto Rican bonds that may be held by the Portfolio.
         
        
                Puerto  Rico's  financial  reporting   was  first  conformed  to
     generally  accepted accounting  principles in  fiscal  1990.   Nonrecurring
     revenues  have been used frequently  to balance recent  years' budgets.  In
     November,  1993 Puerto Ricans voted on whether  they wished to retain their
     Commonwealth status,  become a  state or  establish an  independent nation.
     The measure was defeated, with  48.5% voting to remain a Commonwealth,  46%
     voting  for   statehood  and  4%  voting   for  independence.     Retaining
     Commonwealth  status  leaves  intact  the  current  relationship  with  the
     Federal  government.  There  can be no  assurance that  the statehood issue
     will not be brought to a  vote in the future.  A successful statehood  vote
     in  Puerto  Rico  would  then require  the  U.S.  Congress  to  ratify  the
     election.
         
        
                The   United   States   Virgin   Islands   (USVI)   are  located
     approximately 1,100  miles east-southeast of Miami  and are made up  of St.
     Croix, St.  Thomas and  St. John.   Population,  after reaching  a peak  of
     110,800 in  1985, declined  to 101,809  in 1990.   The  economy is  heavily
     reliant  on the  tourism  industry, with  roughly  43% of  non-agricultural
     employment  in tourist-related  trade  and services.    As of  April, 1993,
     unemployment  stood  at  2.7%.     The  tourism  industry  is  economically
     sensitive and would likely  be adversely affected by a recession  in either
     the United States or Europe.
         
        
                An important component  of the USVI revenue base is  the Federal
     excise tax on rum exports.  Tax revenues rebated by the Federal  government
     to the USVI  provide the primary security  of many outstanding USVI  bonds.
     Since more  than 90% of the rum  distilled in the USVI  is distilled at one
     plant,  any interruption  in its  operations (as  occurred  after Hurricane
     Hugo in 1989) would adversely  affect these revenues.   Consequently, there
     can be  no assurance that rum  exports to the United  States and the rebate
     of  tax revenues to  the USVI will  continue at their  present levels.  The
     preferential tariff treatment  the USVI rum industry currently enjoys could
     be reduced under NAFTA.   Increased competition from Mexican  rum producers
     could reduce  USVI rum imported to the U.S., decreasing excise tax revenues
     generated.   The USVI experienced budget deficits  in fiscal years 1989 and
     1990:  in  1989 due  to  wage  settlements  with  the unionized  government
     employees,  and in 1990 as a result of Hurricane Hugo.  The USVI recorded a
     small surplus  in fiscal year 1991.   At the  end of fiscal  1992, the last
     year for which results  are available, the  USVI had an unreserved  General
     Fund  deficit  of approximately  $8.31  million, or  approximately  2.1% of
     expenditures.  In  order to close a  forecasted fiscal 1994 revenue  gap of
     $45.6  million,  the  Department  of  Finance   has  proposed  several  tax
     increases and  fund transfers.   There  is currently  no rated,  unenhanced
     U.S. Virgin Islands debt outstanding.
         
        

                                        B - 7
<PAGE>






                Guam, an  unincorporated U.S. territory, is  located 1,500 miles
     southeast of Tokyo.  Population, 133,000 in 1990, was up 26%  from the 1980
     census level.   The U.S.  military is a  key component  of Guam's  economy.
     The Federal government directly comprises  more than 10% of  the employment
     base,  with a substantial component of  the service sector to support these
     personnel.  Guam is expected to benefit  from the closure of the Subic  Bay
     Naval Base and the Clark Air Force Base in the Philippines.   The Naval Air
     Station, one of  several U.S. military facilities  on the island,  has been
     slated for closure by the  Defense Base Closure and  Realignment Committee;
     however, the administration  plans to use  these facilities  to expand  the
     Island's commercial airport.   Guam is  also heavily  reliant on  tourists,
     particularly the Japanese.  Unemployment was 3.2%  in 1991.  For 1994,  the
     financial  position  of  Guam  has  weakened  further  as  it  incurred  an
     unaudited General Fund  operating deficit.   The  administration has  taken
     steps to improve its financial  position; however, there are  no guarantees
     that  an improvement will  be realized.  Guam's  general obligation debt is
     rated Baa by Moody's.
         
              Obligations  of Particular  Types of Issuers.   The  Portfolio may
     invest 25% or  more of its total  assets in Connecticut obligations  of the
     same  type. There  could be  economic, business  or political  developments
     which might  affect  all Connecticut  obligations  of  a similar  type.  In
     particular, investments in the industrial revenue bonds listed above  might
     involve without limitation the following risks.

              Hospital  bond  ratings are  often  based  on  feasibility studies
     which  contain projections  of  expenses,  revenues and  occupancy  levels.
     Among the influences affecting a  hospital's gross receipts and  net income
     available  to  service its  debt  are  demand  for  hospital services,  the
     ability  of  the hospital  to  provide  the services  required,  management
     capabilities,  economic  developments  in  the  service  area,  efforts  by
     insurers and government  agencies to  limit rates and  expenses, confidence
     in   the  hospital,   service  area   economic  developments,  competition,
     availability and  expense of malpractice  insurance, Medicaid and  Medicare
     funding and possible  Federal legislation limiting the rates of increase of
     hospital charges.

              Electric utilities  face problems in  financing large construction
     programs in an  inflationary period, cost increases and delay occasioned by
     safety  and  environmental  considerations (particularly  with  respect  to
     nuclear facilities),  difficulty in  obtaining fuel  at reasonable  prices,
     and  in  achieving  timely   and  adequate  rate  relief   from  regulatory
     commissions,  effects  of  energy  conservation  and   limitations  on  the
     capacity of the capital market to absorb utility debt.

              Pollution  control  and other  industrial  development  bonds  are
     issued by  state or local  agencies to finance  various projects, including
     those of domestic steel  producers, and may be backed solely  by agreements
     with such  companies. Domestic steel  companies are expected  to suffer the
     consequences  of such  adverse  trends as  high  labor costs,  high foreign
     imports  encouraged by  foreign productivity  increases  and a  strong U.S.
     dollar, and  other cost pressures  such as those  imposed by anti-pollution

                                        B - 8
<PAGE>






     legislation. Domestic steel  capacity is being reduced  currently by large-
     scale plant closings and this period  of rationalization may not end  until
     further legislative  protection is provided  through tariff price  supports
     or mandatory  import quotas,  such as  those recently  enacted for  certain
     specialty steel products.

              Life care  facilities are an alternative form of long-term housing
     for the elderly  which offer residents  the independence  of a  condominium
     life  style  and,  if  needed,  the  comprehensive  care  of  nursing  home
     services. Bonds to  finance these facilities  have been  issued by  various
     state industrial  development authorities. Because  the bonds are  normally
     secured only  by the revenues of  each facility and  not by state  or local
     government  tax payments,  they are  subject to  a  wide variety  of risks.
     Primarily, the projects  must maintain adequate occupancy levels to be able
     to provide  revenues sufficient to  meet debt  service payments.  Moreover,
     because a  portion  of housing,  medical care  and  other services  may  be
     financed by an initial deposit, it is important that the facility  maintain
     adequate financial reserves to secure estimated  actuarial liabilities. The
     ability of  management to accurately  forecast inflationary cost  pressures
     is  an  important factor  in  this  process.  The facilities  may  also  be
     affected adversely by  regulatory cost restrictions applied to  health care
     delivery in general, particularly state regulations or  changes in Medicare
     and  Medicaid  payments  or  qualifications,  or  restrictions  imposed  by
     medical  insurance   companies.  They  may   also  face  competition   from
     alternative  health care or conventional housing  facilities in the private
     or public sector.

     Zero Coupon Bonds
              Zero  coupon bonds are  debt obligations which do  not require the
     periodic payment of interest  and are issued at a significant discount from
     face value.  The discount  approximates the  total amount  of interest  the
     bonds will accrue and compound  over the period until maturity at a rate of
     interest  reflecting  the  market  rate  of the  security  at  the  time of
     issuance. Zero coupon bonds  benefit the issuer by mitigating  its need for
     cash to meet  debt service,  but also require  a higher rate  of return  to
     attract investors who are willing to defer receipt of such cash.

     Insurance
              Insured  Connecticut obligations  held by  the Portfolio  (if any)
     will be insured  as to their  scheduled payment  of principal and  interest
     under either (i) an  insurance policy obtained by the issuer or underwriter
     of  the  obligation  at  the time  of  its  original  issuance  or (ii)  an
     insurance policy obtained by the  Portfolio or a third party subsequent  to
     the  obligation's original  issuance  (which may  not  be reflected  in the
     obligation's market  value).  In either  event such  insurance may  provide
     that  in the event  of nonpayment  of interest  or principal when  due with
     respect to an insured obligation, the insurer is  not required to make such
     payment until a specified  time has lapsed  (which may be  30 days or  more
     after notice).




                                        B - 9
<PAGE>






     Credit Quality
              The Portfolio  is dependent on the  Investment Adviser's judgment,
     analysis  and   experience  in  evaluating   the  quality  of   Connecticut
     obligations. In evaluating the credit  quality of a particular  issue, when
     rated  or   unrated,  the  Investment  Adviser   will  normally  take  into
     consideration,  among other things, the  financial resources  of the issuer
     (or, as appropriate, of the  underlying source of funds for  debt service),
     its sensitivity  to economic conditions  and trends, any operating  history
     of and the community support for the  facility financed by the issuer,  the
     ability of the  issuer's management and regulatory  matters. The Investment
     Adviser will  attempt  to  reduce the  risks  of  investing in  the  lowest
     investment   grade,   below  investment   grade   and  comparable   unrated
     obligations   through  active  portfolio  management, credit  analysis  and
     attention  to  current developments  and  trends  in  the  economy and  the
     financial markets.
        
              See   "Portfolio  of   Investments"  in   the   audited  financial
     statements of  the Portfolio  incorporated by  reference into  this Part  B
     with respect to any defaulted obligations held by the Portfolio.
         
        
     Short-Term Trading
              The Portfolio  may sell  securities in  anticipation of  a  market
     decline (a  rise in interest rates)  or purchase and  later sell securities
     in anticipation  of  a  market  rise (a  decline  in  interest  rates).  In
     addition, a security  may be sold  and another  purchased at  approximately
     the same  time to  take advantage of  what the Portfolio  believes to  be a
     temporary  disparity in  the  normal  yield  relationship between  the  two
     securities. Yield  disparities may occur for  reasons not  directly related
     to  the investment quality of particular issues  or the general movement of
     interest  rates, such as  changes in  the overall  demand for or  supply of
     various  types of  Connecticut  obligations or  changes  in the  investment
     objectives  of investors.  Such  trading may  be  expected to  increase the
     portfolio turnover rate and the  expenses incurred in connection  with such
     trading. The Portfolio anticipates that its  annual portfolio turnover rate
     will generally  not exceed  100% (excluding  turnover of  securities having
     maturity of one year or less).
         
        
     Municipal Leases
              The Portfolio  may invest  in municipal leases  and participations
     therein, which  arrangements  frequently involve  special risks.  Municipal
     leases  are  obligations in  the form  of a  lease or  installment purchase
     arrangement  which are  issued by  a state  or local  government to acquire
     equipment  and  facilities.  Interest  income  from   such  obligations  is
     generally  exempt from  local and  state taxes  in  the state  of issuance.
     "Participations" in such  leases are undivided  interests in  a portion  of
     the total  obligation. Participations  entitle their  holders to receive  a
     pro rata  share of  all  payments under  the lease.  A trustee  is  usually
     responsible for administering the terms of the participation and  enforcing
     the  participants' rights in the  underlying lease.  Leases and installment
     purchase or conditional  sale contracts (which normally  provide for  title

                                        B - 10
<PAGE>






     to the  leased asset to  pass eventually  to the governmental  issuer) have
     evolved  as  a means  for  governmental  issuers  to  acquire property  and
     equipment  without meeting  the constitutional  and statutory  requirements
     for the issuance of debt. State debt-issuance  limitations are deemed to be
     inapplicable because of the inclusion in many leases or  contracts of "non-
     appropriation" clauses  that provide that  the governmental  issuer has  no
     obligation  to make  future  payments under  the  lease or  contract unless
     money is appropriated  for such purpose by the appropriate legislative body
     on a  yearly or  other periodic  basis. Such  arrangements are,  therefore,
     subject  to the  risk  that the  governmental  issuer will  not appropriate
     funds for lease payments. 
         
        
              Certain municipal lease obligations owned by the  Portfolio may be
     deemed  illiquid   for  purposes  of  the  Portfolio's  15%  limitation  on
     investing  in illiquid  securities,  unless  determined by  the  Investment
     Adviser,  pursuant to  guidelines  adopted by  the  Trustees, to  be liquid
     securities for  purposes of  such limitation. In  determining the liquidity
     of municipal  lease obligations,  the  Investment Adviser  will consider  a
     variety of  factors including: (1)  the willingness of  dealers to bid  for
     the  security; (2) the  number of dealers willing  to purchase  or sell the
     obligation and  the number of other potential  buyers; (3) the frequency of
     trades   and  quotes  for  the  obligation;  and  (4)  the  nature  of  the
     marketplace  trades. In  addition,  the  Investment Adviser  will  consider
     factors unique to particular lease obligations  affecting the marketability
     thereof. These  include the general  creditworthiness of the  municipality,
     the  importance of the  property covered by the  lease to the municipality,
     and  the  likelihood that  the  marketability  of  the  obligation will  be
     maintained throughout  the time the obligation is held by the Portfolio. In
     the event  the Portfolio  acquires an  unrated municipal lease  obligation,
     the  Investment  Adviser will  be  responsible for  determining  the credit
     quality of such obligation on an ongoing basis,  including an assessment of
     the likelihood that the lease may or may not be canceled.
         
     Securities Lending
              The  Portfolio  may  seek  to  increase   its  income  by  lending
     portfolio securities to  broker-dealers or  other institutional  borrowers.
     Under  present   regulatory  policies  of   the  Securities  and   Exchange
     Commission  (the  "Commission"), such  loans  are  required to  be  secured
     continuously  by collateral  in cash,  cash equivalents  or U.S. Government
     securities held  by the Portfolio's  custodian and maintained  on a current
     basis at an  amount at least  equal to the  market value of the  securities
     loaned, which  will be  marked to  market daily.  Cash equivalents  include
     short-term  municipal  obligations  as  well  as  taxable  certificates  of
     deposit, commercial  paper and other  short-term money market  instruments.
     The  Portfolio  would  have  the  right  to  call  a loan  and  obtain  the
     securities loaned at any  time on up to five business days'  notice. During
     the  existence of  a  loan,  the Portfolio  will  continue to  receive  the
     equivalent of the interest paid by the issuer on the securities loaned  and
     will  also receive a fee, or all or a portion of the interest on investment
     of the collateral, if any. However, the  Portfolio may pay lending fees  to
     such  borrowers.  The  Portfolio  would not  have  the  right  to  vote any

                                        B - 11
<PAGE>






     securities  having voting  rights  during the  existence  of the  loan, but
     would call the loan in anticipation of an important vote to  be taken among
     holders of the securities  or the giving or withholding of their consent on
     a material matter  affecting the investment.  As with  other extensions  of
     credit there are risks of delay  in recovery or even loss of  rights in the
     securities  loaned if  the borrower  of  the securities  fails financially.
     However, the  loans  will be  made  only  to organizations  deemed  by  the
     Portfolio's management to be of good standing and  when, in the judgment of
     the Portfolio's  management,  the consideration  which can  be earned  from
     loans justifies the attendant  risk. Distributions  of any income  realized
     by the  Portfolio from securities loans will  be taxable. If the management
     of the Portfolio decides  to make securities loans, it is intended that the
     value of  the securities loaned  would not  exceed 30%  of the  Portfolio's
     total  assets.  The Portfolio  has  no  present  intention  of engaging  in
     securities lending.

     When-Issued Securities
              New   issues  of   Connecticut  and   other  types   of  municipal
     obligations  are sometimes  offered  on  a  "when-issued" basis,  that  is,
     delivery and  payment  for the  securities  normally  take place  within  a
     specified number of days after  the date of the Portfolio's commitment  and
     are subject  to certain  conditions such  as the  issuance of  satisfactory
     legal  opinions. The  Portfolio  may also  purchase  securities on  a when-
     issued  basis  pursuant  to  refunding  contracts  in  connection  with the
     refinancing  of an issuer's  outstanding indebtedness.  Refunding contracts
     generally  require  the issuer  to  sell  and  the Portfolio  to  buy  such
     securities on  a settlement  date that could  be several months  or several
     years in the future.

              The  Portfolio  will  make  commitments  to  purchase  when-issued
     securities  only with  the intention of  actually acquiring the securities,
     but may  sell such securities  before the settlement  date if it is  deemed
     advisable as  a matter of  investment strategy. The  payment obligation and
     the interest  rate that will be received on the securities are fixed at the
     time the  Portfolio enters  into the  purchase commitment. The  Portfolio's
     custodian will segregate  cash or high  grade liquid debt  securities in  a
     separate account of the  Portfolio in an amount at least equal to the when-
     issued  commitments. If the value of  the securities placed in the separate
     account  declines, additional  cash or  high grade  liquid debt  securities
     will be placed  in the account on  a daily basis so  that the value of  the
     account  will at  least  equal the  amount  of the  Portfolio's when-issued
     commitments. When the Portfolio  commits to purchase a security on  a when-
     issued  basis, it  records the  transaction and  reflects the value  of the
     security in  determining its  net asset  value. Securities  purchased on  a
     when-issued basis and the  securities held by the Portfolio  are subject to
     changes in value based upon the  perception of the creditworthiness of  the
     issuer and changes in the  level of interest rates (i.e., appreciation when
     interest  rates  decline  and  depreciation  when   interest  rates  rise).
     Therefore,  to the  extent that  the Portfolio  remains substantially fully
     invested at  the same  time that  it has  purchased securities  on a  when-
     issued basis, there  will be greater  fluctuations in  the Portfolio's  net


                                        B - 12
<PAGE>






     asset  value  than if  it  solely set  aside  cash to  pay  for when-issued
     securities.

     Floating or Variable Rate Obligations
              The Portfolio may purchase  floating or variable rate obligations.
     Floating  or  variable rate  instruments  provide  for  adjustments in  the
     interest  rate  at  specified  intervals (weekly,  monthly,  semi-annually,
     etc.). The  revised rates are  usually set at  the issuer's  discretion, in
     which case  the investor normally  enjoys the right  to "put" the  security
     back to the issuer or the issuer's agent.  Rate revisions may alternatively
     be determined by formula or in some other contractual fashion.  Floating or
     variable  rate obligations  normally  provide that  the  holder can  demand
     payment of the obligation on short notice at par with accrued interest  and
     are  frequently  secured by  letters  of  credit  or  other credit  support
     arrangements provided by banks.  To the extent that such letters  of credit
     or  other  arrangements  constitute  an  unconditional   guarantee  of  the
     issuer's obligations,  a bank may  be treated as  the issuer of a  security
     for the  purpose  of complying  with the  diversification requirements  set
     forth  in Section 5(b)  of the  Investment Company  Act of 1940  (the "1940
     Act") and Rule  5b-2 thereunder. The Portfolio would anticipate using these
     obligations  as cash  equivalents  pending longer  term  investment of  its
     funds.

     Redemption, Demand and Put Features
              Most municipal bonds  have a  fixed final maturity date.  However,
     it is  commonplace for the  issuer to  reserve the right  to call  the bond
     earlier.  Also, some bonds  may have "put" or  "demand" features that allow
     early redemption by the  bondholder. Interest  income generated by  certain
     bonds  having  demand  features may  not  qualify  as  tax-exempt interest.
     Longer  term  fixed-rate bonds  may  give the  holder  a  right to  request
     redemption  at  certain  times  (often  annually  after  the  lapse  of  an
     intermediate term).  These bonds are more  defensive than conventional long
     term bonds (protecting  to some  degree against a  rise in interest  rates)
     while providing  greater  opportunity  than  comparable  intermediate  term
     bonds, because  the  Portfolio  may  retain  the  bond  if  interest  rates
     decline. By acquiring  these kinds of obligations the Portfolio obtains the
     contractual  right to  require the  issuer of  the security  or some  other
     person (other  than a  broker or  dealer) to  purchase the  security at  an
     agreed upon  price,  which right  is  contained  in the  obligation  itself
     rather than in  a separate agreement with the  seller or some other person.
     Because this  right  is assignable  with  the  security, which  is  readily
     marketable  and valued  in  the customary  manner,  the Portfolio  will not
     assign any separate value to such right.

     Liquidity and Protective Put Options
              The  Portfolio may also  enter into a separate  agreement with the
     seller of  the security  or some other  person granting  the Portfolio  the
     right to  put the security to the seller thereof or  the other person at an
     agreed upon price. The Portfolio intends to limit this  type of transaction
     to institutions (such  as banks or securities dealers) which the Investment
     Adviser believes  present minimal  credit risks  and would  engage in  this
     type of transaction to  facilitate portfolio liquidity or (if the seller so

                                        B - 13
<PAGE>






     agrees)  to hedge against rising interest rates. There is no assurance that
     this kind of put option will be available to the Portfolio  or that selling
     institutions will be willing to permit the  Portfolio to exercise a put  to
     hedge  against rising  interest rates.  A separate  put option  may not  be
     marketable or  otherwise assignable,  and sale of  the security to  a third
     party or lapse of time  with the put unexercised may terminate the right to
     exercise the put. The Portfolio does not expect to assign  any value to any
     separate  put  option  which  may  be   acquired  to  facilitate  portfolio
     liquidity, inasmuch  as the value (if any) of the  put will be reflected in
     the  value  assigned to  the  associated  security;  any  put acquired  for
     hedging purposes would be valued in good faith under methods  or procedures
     established by  the Trustees after  consideration of all relevant  factors,
     including  its  expiration date,  the  price volatility  of  the associated
     security,  the  difference  between  the  market  price of  the  associated
     security and  the exercise price  of the put,  the creditworthiness of  the
     issuer  of  the  put  and the  market  prices  of  comparable put  options.
     Interest income  generated by  certain bonds  having put  features may  not
     qualify as tax-exempt interest.

     Futures Contracts
        
              A change  in the level of  interest rates may affect  the value of
     the securities held by  the Portfolio (or of securities  that the Portfolio
     expects  to purchase).   To hedge against  changes in  rates, the Portfolio
     may enter  into (i)  futures contracts  for the  purchase or  sale of  debt
     securities, (ii) futures contracts on securities  indices and (iii) futures
     contracts  on  other  financial  instruments  and  indices.    All  futures
     contracts entered into  by the Portfolio are traded  on exchanges or boards
     of trade that are licensed  and regulated by the Commodity  Futures Trading
     Commission  ("CFTC") and  must  be executed  through  a futures  commission
     merchant or  brokerage firm  which is  a member of  the relevant  exchange.
     The  Portfolio  may purchase  and write  call  and put  options  on futures
     contracts which are traded  on a United States or foreign exchange or board
     of trade.  
         
        
              The  Portfolio   will  engage  in  futures   and  related  options
     transactions  for bona fide hedging purposes  as defined in or permitted by
     CFTC  regulations.     The   Portfolio  will   determine  that  the   price
     fluctuations  in  the  futures   contracts  and  options  on  futures   are
     substantially  related to  price  fluctuations in  securities  held by  the
     Portfolio  or  which it  expects  to  purchase.    The Portfolio's  futures
     transactions will be  entered into for traditional hedging purposes -- that
     is, futures  contracts will  be sold to  protect against  a decline in  the
     price of securities that  the Portfolio owns, or futures  contracts will be
     purchased to  protect the Portfolio  against an  increase in  the price  of
     securities it intends  to purchase.   As evidence of  this hedging  intent,
     the Portfolio expects  that on  75% or more  of the occasions  on which  it
     takes a  long  futures (or  option)  position  (involving the  purchase  of
     futures contracts), the  Portfolio will have  purchased, or will be  in the
     process  of purchasing,  equivalent amounts  of  related securities  in the
     cash market at the  time when  the futures (or  option) position is  closed

                                        B - 14
<PAGE>






     out.   However, in particular  cases, when it  is economically advantageous
     for the Portfolio to do so,  a long futures position may be terminated  (or
     an option  may expire)  without the  corresponding purchase of  securities.
     The Portfolio  will engage in  transactions in futures  and related options
     contracts only  to the  extent such  transactions are  consistent with  the
     requirements   of  the   Internal   Revenue   Code  for   maintaining   the
     qualification of each  of the Portfolio's investment company investors as a
     regulated  investment company  for Federal  income tax  purposes (see  "Tax
     Status").
         
              The Portfolio  will be  required, in connection  with transactions
     in futures contracts and  the writing of options on futures, to make margin
     deposits, which will be held by  the Portfolio's custodian for the  benefit
     of the  futures commission merchant  through whom the  Portfolio engages in
     such futures  and options  transactions.   Cash or liquid  high grade  debt
     securities required  to be segregated  in connection with  a "long" futures
     position taken  by the Portfolio will  also be held  by the custodian  in a
     segregated account and will be marked to market daily.

     Short-Term Obligations
        
              Although   the   Portfolio  will   normally   attempt   to  invest
     substantially all  of its assets in  Connecticut obligations, the Portfolio
     may, under normal  circumstances, invest  up to 20%  of its  net assets  in
     short-term obligations the  interest on which is subject to regular Federal
     income  tax,  is  a  tax  preference  item  for  purposes  of  the  Federal
     alternative minimum  tax, and/or  is subject to  Connecticut State personal
     income taxes. Although  the Portfolio is permitted  to invest up to  20% of
     its  assets   in  short-term  taxable   obligations  under  normal   market
     conditions,  the Portfolio does  not expect to invest  more than  5% of its
     assets  in such  securities under such  conditions. Such short-term taxable
     obligations may include, but are  not limited to, certificates  of deposit,
     commercial paper,  short-term notes and obligations issued or guaranteed by
     the U.S. Government  or any of  its agencies  or instrumentalities.  During
     periods of adverse market conditions, the  Portfolio may temporarily invest
     more than 20% of  its assets in such short-term taxable obligations, all of
     which will be high quality.
         
     Portfolio Turnover
              The Portfolio  cannot accurately  predict its  portfolio  turnover
     rate, but it  is anticipated that the  annual turnover rate  will generally
     not exceed 100% (excluding turnover of securities  having a maturity of one
     year or less). A  100% annual  turnover rate would  occur, for example,  if
     all the securities held by the Portfolio were replaced once in a period  of
     one  year. A high turnover rate (100% or more) necessarily involves greater
     expenses  to  the Portfolio.  The  Portfolio engages  in  portfolio trading
     (including short-term trading)  if it believes that a transaction including
     all costs will help in achieving its investment objective.

     Investment Restrictions
              Whenever an investment policy  or investment restriction set forth
     in Part A or this Part B states a maximum percentage  of assets that may be

                                        B - 15
<PAGE>






     invested in  any security or  other asset  or describes a  policy regarding
     quality  standards,  such  percentage  limitation  or   standard  shall  be
     determined  immediately   after  and  as   a  result  of  the   Portfolio's
     acquisition  of  such  security  or other  asset.  Accordingly,  any  later
     increase or  decrease resulting  from a change  in values, assets  or other
     circumstances,  other than  a  subsequent  rating change  below  investment
     grade made by  a rating service, will  not compel the Portfolio  to dispose
     of such security or other asset.
        
              The Portfolio  has adopted  the following  investment restrictions
     which  may  not be  changed  without  the  approval  of the  holders  of  a
     "majority of the  outstanding voting securities" of the Portfolio, which as
     used in this Part B means the lesser of (a) 67%  or more of the outstanding
     voting securities of  the Portfolio present  or represented by  proxy at  a
     meeting  if  the  holders  of more  than  50%  of  the  outstanding  voting
     securities  of the Portfolio  are present or represented  at the meeting or
     (b) more than  50% of the  outstanding voting securities of  the Portfolio.
     The term  "voting  securities" as  used  in  this paragraph  has  the  same
     meaning as in the 1940 Act.  The Portfolio may not:
         
              (1) Purchase  securities on margin  (but the  Portfolio may obtain
     such short-term credits as may be necessary for the clearance  of purchases
     and sales  of  securities). The  deposit  or payment  by the  Portfolio  of
     initial or  maintenance  margin in  connection  with futures  contracts  or
     related options transactions is not  considered the purchase of  a security
     on margin;

              (2) Make short  sales of securities or maintain a  short position,
     unless at all  times when a  short position is  open the Portfolio owns  an
     equal  amount  of  such  securities  or   securities  convertible  into  or
     exchangeable, without payment of any further  consideration, for securities
     of the same  issue as, and equal in  amount to, the securities  sold short,
     and  unless not  more  than 25%  of the  Portfolio's  net assets  (taken at
     current value) is held  as collateral for such sales at  any one time. (The
     Portfolio  will  make   such  sales  only  for  the  purpose  of  deferring
     realization of gain or loss for Federal income tax purposes);

              (3) Purchase  securities of any  issuer if such  purchase, at  the
     time  thereof, would cause  more than  10% of the  total outstanding voting
     securities of such issuer to be held by the Portfolio;

              (4) Purchase or  retain in its portfolio any securities  issued by
     an issuer  any of whose  officers, directors, trustees  or security holders
     is an  officer or Trustee, or is a  member, officer, director or trustee of
     any  investment adviser  of the  Portfolio,  if after  the purchase  of the
     securities  of such issuer  by the  Portfolio one  or more of  such persons
     owns beneficially more than  1/2 of 1% of the shares  or securities or both
     (all  taken at market  value) of such issuer  and such  persons owning more
     than 1/2 of 1% of such shares or securities together own beneficially  more
     than 5% of such shares or securities or both (all taken at market value);



                                        B - 16
<PAGE>






              (5) Underwrite  or participate in the  marketing of securities  of
     others,  except  insofar   as  it  may  technically  be  deemed  to  be  an
     underwriter in selling  a portfolio security under circumstances  which may
     require the registration  of the same under the  Securities Act of 1933, or
     participate on a joint or a joint and several basis in any trading  account
     in securities;

              (6) Lend any of its  funds or other assets to any person, directly
     or indirectly,  except (i)  through repurchase agreements  and (ii) through
     the loan  of a portfolio security;  (The purchase of a  portion of an issue
     of debt obligations,  whether or not the  purchase is made on  the original
     issuance, is not considered the making of a loan);

              (7) Borrow  money or  pledge its  assets in  excess of 1/3  of the
     value of its  net assets (excluding the  amount borrowed) and then  only if
     such borrowing  is incurred  as a  temporary measure  for extraordinary  or
     emergency  purposes  or  to  facilitate  the   orderly  sale  of  portfolio
     securities to  accommodate redemption requests;  or issue securities  other
     than its shares of beneficial  interest, except as appropriate  to evidence
     indebtedness, including reverse  repurchase agreements, which the Portfolio
     is permitted to  incur. The Portfolio  will not  purchase securities  while
     outstanding borrowings, including reverse repurchase  agreements, exceed 5%
     of its total assets. The deposit of cash,  cash equivalents and liquid debt
     securities  in a segregated account  with the  Portfolio's custodian and/or
     with  a broker  in  connection with  futures  contracts or  related options
     transactions and  the purchase of  securities on a  "when-issued" basis are
     not deemed to be a pledge;

              (8) Invest for the purpose of exercising control or management  of
     other companies;

              (9) Purchase  or sell  real estate (including  limited partnership
     interests,  but  excluding  readily marketable  interests  in  real  estate
     investment  trusts or  readily  marketable  securities of  companies  which
     invest or  deal in  real estate  or securities  which are  secured by  real
     estate);

              (10) Purchase  or sell  physical commodities or  futures contracts
     for  the  purchase or  sale  of  physical  commodities,  provided that  the
     Portfolio may enter into all  types of futures contracts on  securities and
     on  securities,  economic and  other  indices  and  may  purchase and  sell
     options on such futures contracts;

              (11)  Buy investment securities from  or sell  them to any  of the
     officers or Trustees, its investment adviser or its  principal underwriter,
     as principal; however,  any such persons or  concerns may be employed  as a
     broker upon  customary terms;

              (12)  Purchase  oil,  gas  or  other  mineral  leases or  purchase
     partnership  interests  in  oil,  gas  or  other  mineral  exploration   or
     development programs.


                                        B - 17
<PAGE>






              For  purposes of  the  investment restrictions  listed  above, the
     determination of  the "issuer" of  a municipal  obligation which  is not  a
     general  obligation bond  will be  made by  the Investment  Adviser  on the
     basis of the  characteristics of the obligation and other relevant factors,
     the most significant of  which is the source of funds committed  to meeting
     interest and principal payments of such obligation.

              The Portfolio has adopted  the following investment policies which
     may be  changed by  the Portfolio  without approval of  its investors.  The
     Portfolio may not invest  more than  15% of its  net assets in  investments
     which  are not  readily marketable,  including  restricted securities,  and
     repurchase  agreements  maturing  in  more  than   seven  days.  Restricted
     securities for  the purposes of  this limitation do  not include securities
     eligible for resale pursuant to Rule 144A under  the Securities Act of 1933
     that the Board of  Trustees or its delegate, determines to be liquid, based
     upon  the trading markets for the  specific security. The Portfolio may not
     purchase securities  of unseasoned  issuers, including their  predecessors,
     which  have been  in  operation for  less than  three  years, if  by reason
     thereof  the value of its aggregate investment  in such class of securities
     will  exceed  5%  of  its  total  assets,  provided  that  the  issuers  of
     securities rated by  Moody's, S&P, Fitch or any other nationally recognized
     rating service shall  not be considered  "unseasoned".   The Portfolio  may
     not engage in options,  futures or forward transactions if more than  5% of
     its net  assets, as measured by the  aggregate of the premiums  paid by the
     Portfolio, would be so invested.  The Portfolio may purchase put options on
     municipal obligations  only if, after  such purchase, not  more than 5%  of
     its net assets, as measured by  the aggregate of the premiums paid for such
     options held by it, would be  so invested. The Portfolio may not invest  in
     warrants, valued at  the lower of cost or market, exceeding 5% of the value
     of its  net assets. Included within  that amount, but  not to exceed  2% of
     the value of  its net assets, may be  warrants which are not listed  on the
     New York or American Stock Exchange. Warrants acquired  by the Portfolio in
     units or attached  to securities  may be deemed  to be  without value.  The
     Portfolio does  not  intend  to invest  in  reverse  repurchase  agreements
     during the current fiscal year.
        
              In  order  to permit  the  sale  in certain  states  of  shares of
     certain  open-end   investment  companies  which   are  investors  in   the
     Portfolio,  the Portfolio  may  adopt policies  more  restrictive than  the
     policies  described  above. Should  the Portfolio  determine that  any such
     policy  is no  longer  in  the best  interests  of  the Portfolio  and  its
     investors, it will revoke such policy.
         
     Item 14.  Management of the Portfolio
        
              The Trustees  and  officers of  the Portfolio  are  listed  below.
     Except as indicated,  each individual has  held the office  shown or  other
     offices  in the  same company  for the  last five  years. Unless  otherwise
     noted, the  business  address of  each Trustee  and officer  is 24  Federal
     Street,  Boston, Massachusetts  02110,  which is  also  the address  of the
     Portfolio's investment  adviser, Boston Management  and Research ("BMR"  or
     the  "Investment Adviser"),  which is  a wholly-owned  subsidiary  of Eaton

                                        B - 18
<PAGE>






     Vance Management  ("Eaton Vance");  of  Eaton Vance's  parent, Eaton  Vance
     Corp. ("EVC");  and of BMR's and  Eaton Vance's trustee,  Eaton Vance, Inc.
     ("EV").  Eaton Vance  and  EV are  both  wholly-owned subsidiaries  of EVC.
     Those Trustees  who are "interested  persons" of the  Portfolio, BMR, Eaton
     Vance,  EVC  or  EV,  as  defined  in  the  1940  Act by  virtue  of  their
     affiliation with any  one or more of  the Portfolio, BMR, Eaton  Vance, EVC
     or EV, are indicated by an asterisk(*).
         
                              TRUSTEES OF THE PORTFOLIO
        
     DONALD R. DWIGHT (64), Trustee
     President   of  Dwight   Partners,   Inc.   (a  corporate   relations   and
     communications  company)  founded  in  1988;  Chairman  of   the  Board  of
     Newspapers  of  New  England, Inc.  since  1983.   Director  or  Trustee of
     various investment companies managed by Eaton Vance or BMR. 
     Address: Clover Mill Lane, Lyme, New Hampshire 03768
         
        
     JAMES B. HAWKES (53), Vice President and Trustee*
     Executive Vice President  of BMR, Eaton Vance,  EVC and EV, and  a Director
     of EVC  and EV.   Director  or Trustee  and officer  of various  investment
     companies managed by Eaton Vance or BMR.
         
        
     SAMUEL L. HAYES, III (60), Trustee
     Jacob  H.  Schiff  Professor  of  Investment  Banking,  Harvard  University
     Graduate  School  of  Business  Administration.   Director  or  Trustee  of
     various investment companies managed by Eaton Vance or BMR.
     Address:  Harvard University  Graduate School  of Business  Administration,
     Soldiers Field Road, Boston, Massachusetts 02163
         
        
     NORTON H. REAMER (59), Trustee
     President  and Director,  United Asset  Management  Corporation, a  holding
     company  owning   institutional  investment  management  firms.   Chairman,
     President and Director, The  Regis Fund, Inc. (mutual  fund).  Director  or
     Trustee of various investment companies managed by Eaton Vance or BMR.
     Address: One International Place, Boston, Massachusetts 02110

     JOHN L. THORNDIKE (68), Trustee
     Director, Fiduciary  Company Incorporated.  Director  or Trustee of various
     investment companies managed by Eaton Vance or BMR.
     Address: 175 Federal Street, Boston, Massachusetts 02110

     JACK L. TREYNOR (65), Trustee
     Investment  Adviser  and  Consultant.    Director  or  Trustee  of  various
     investment companies managed by Eaton Vance or BMR.
     Address: 504 Via Almar, Palos Verdes Estates, California 90274
         

                              OFFICERS OF THE PORTFOLIO
        

                                        B - 19
<PAGE>






     THOMAS J. FETTER (51), President
     Vice President of BMR,  Eaton Vance and EV.  Officer of  various investment
     companies managed by Eaton Vance or BMR.
         
        
     ROBERT B. MACINTOSH (38), Vice President
     Vice President of  BMR since August 11,  1992, and of  Eaton Vance and  EV.
     Employee of  Eaton  Vance since  March  8, 1991.    Fidelity Investments  -
     Portfolio Manager  (1986-1991).   Officer of  various investment  companies
     managed by Eaton Vance or BMR.  
         
        
     WILLIAM H. AHERN (36), Vice President
     Assistant Vice  President of BMR,  Eaton Vance and  EV, and an employee  of
     Eaton Vance since July  17, 1989.  Officer of various  investment companies
     managed  by Eaton Vance or BMR.   Mr. Hender was  elected Vice President of
     the Portfolio on June 19, 1995.
         
        
     JAMES L. O'CONNOR (50), Treasurer
     Vice President of BMR, Eaton Vance and  EV.  Officer of various  investment
     companies managed by Eaton Vance or BMR.
         
        
     THOMAS OTIS (63), Secretary
     Vice President and  Secretary of BMR, Eaton Vance, EVC  and EV.  Officer of
     various investment companies managed by Eaton Vance or BMR.
         
        
     JANET E. SANDERS (59), Assistant Secretary
     Vice President of  BMR, Eaton Vance and EV.   Officer of various investment
     companies managed by Eaton Vance or BMR.
         
        
     JAMES F. ALBAN (33), Assistant Treasurer
     Assistant Vice President of BMR since August  11, 1992, and of Eaton  Vance
     and  EV  since January  17,  1992, and  an  employee of  Eaton  Vance since
     September 23,  1991.   Tax  Consultant and  Audit  Senior with  Deloitte  &
     Touche (1987-1991).   Officer  of various  investment companies managed  by
     Eaton Vance or BMR.
         
        
     A. JOHN MURPHY (32), Assistant Secretary
     Assistant Vice President  of BMR, Eaton Vance  and EV since March  1, 1994;
     employee of  Eaton Vance since  March 1993.   State Regulations Supervisor,
     The  Boston  Company  (1991-1993)  and  Registration  Specialist,  Fidelity
     Management  & Research  Co.  (1986-1991).   Officer  of various  investment
     companies managed by Eaton  Vance or BMR.  Mr. Murphy was elected Assistant
     Secretary of the Portfolio on March 27, 1995.
         
        
     ERIC G. WOODBURY (38), Assistant Secretary

                                        B - 20
<PAGE>






     Vice President of Eaton Vance  since February 1993; formerly,  associate at
     Dechert,  Price &  Rhoads  and Gaston  Snow  & Ely  Bartlett.   Officer  of
     various investment  companies managed by Eaton Vance or  BMR.  Mr. Woodbury
     was elected Assistant Secretary of the Portfolio on June 19, 1995.
         
        
              Messrs. Thorndike  (Chairman), Hayes and Reamer are members of the
     Special  Committee  of  the Board  of  Trustees.  The  Special  Committee's
     functions  include  a  continuous review  of  the  Portfolio's  contractual
     relationship with  the Investment  Adviser, making  recommendations to  the
     Trustees regarding the compensation of  those Trustees who are  not members
     of the  Investment Adviser's  organization, and  making recommendations  to
     the  Trustees regarding  candidates  to fill  vacancies,  as and  when they
     occur, in the ranks  of those Trustees who are not "interested  persons" of
     the Portfolio or the Investment Adviser.

              Messrs. Treynor  (Chairman) and  Dwight are  members of  the Audit
     Committee  of  the  Board  of  Trustees. The  Audit  Committee's  functions
     include making recommendations  to the Trustees regarding  the selection of
     the  independent certified  public  accountants,  and reviewing  with  such
     accountants  and  the  Treasurer  of  the  Portfolio  matters  relative  to
     accounting  and  auditing practices  and  procedures,  accounting  records,
     internal accounting controls, and the functions performed by the  custodian
     and transfer agent of the Portfolio.
     
    
   
              The fees and  expenses of those Trustees of  the Portfolio who are
     not members  of the  Eaton Vance organization  (the noninterested Trustees)
     are paid by the Portfolio.  (The Trustees of the Portfolio  who are members
     of  the  Eaton  Vance  organization   receive  no  compensation  from   the
     Portfolio.)    During   the  fiscal  year   ended  March   31,  1995,   the
     noninterested Trustees of  the Portfolio earned the  following compensation
     in their  capacities as Trustees  of the Portfolio  and the other funds  in
     the Eaton Vance fund complex(1):
         
        
                                      Aggregate            Total Compensation
                                      Compensation from    from Trust and Fund
       Name                           Portfolio            Complex
       -----                          -----------------    -----------------

       Donald R. Dwight               $34(2)               $135,000(4)
       Samuel L. Hayes, III            33(3)                147,500(5) 

       Norton H. Reamer                31                   135,000
       John L. Thorndike               32                   140,000

       Jack L. Treynor                 34                   140,000
         
        
     (1)      The  Eaton   Vance  fund   complex  consists  of   205  registered
              investment companies or series thereof.
     (2)      Includes $5 of deferred compensation.

                                        B - 21
<PAGE>






     (3)      Includes $10 of deferred compensation.
     (4)      Includes $17,500 of deferred compensation.
     (5)      Includes $33,750 of deferred compensation.
         
        
              Trustees  of the  Portfolio who  are not  affiliated with  BMR may
     elect  to defer  receipt of  all or  a percentage  of their annual  fees in
     accordance with the  terms of a  Trustees Deferred  Compensation Plan  (the
     "Plan").   Under  the Plan,  an  eligible Trustee  may  elect to  have  his
     deferred fees invested by the Portfolio in the shares of one or  more funds
     in  the Eaton Vance  Family of Funds,  and the amount  paid to the Trustees
     under the  Plan  will be  determined  based upon  the performance  of  such
     investments.  Deferral of Trustees' fees  in accordance with the Plan  will
     have a  negligible effect on  the Portfolio's assets,  liabilities, and net
     income  per share,  and  will  not obligate  the  Portfolio to  retain  the
     services of  any Trustee  or obligate the  Portfolio to pay  any particular
     level of compensation to the Trustee. 
         
              The  Portfolio's  Declaration  of  Trust  provides  that  it  will
     indemnify  its  Trustees  and officers  against  liabilities  and  expenses
     incurred in  connection  with litigation  in  which  they may  be  involved
     because of their  offices with  the Portfolio, unless,  as to liability  to
     the  Portfolio  or its  investors,  it  is  finally  adjudicated that  they
     engaged in  willful misfeasance, bad  faith, gross  negligence or  reckless
     disregard of  the duties involved in their offices,  or unless with respect
     to any  other matter it  is finally  adjudicated that they  did not  act in
     good  faith in the  reasonable belief that their  actions were  in the best
     interests   of  the   Portfolio.   In   the   case  of   settlement,   such
     indemnification will not  be provided unless  it has  been determined by  a
     court or other body  approving the settlement or other disposition, or by a
     reasonable determination, based upon  a review of readily available  facts,
     by vote of a majority  of noninterested Trustees or in a written opinion of
     independent counsel, that  such officers or  Trustees have  not engaged  in
     wilful misfeasance, bad  faith, gross negligence or  reckless disregard  of
     their duties.

     Item 15.  Control Persons and Principal Holder of Securities
        
              As of June 30, 1995, EV Marathon Connecticut Limited Maturity  Tax
     Free  Fund  (the  "Marathon  Fund")  and  EV  Classic  Connecticut  Limited
     Maturity Tax  Free Fund (the  "Classic Fund"), both  series of  Eaton Vance
     Investment Trust,  owned approximately 91.5% and 7.9%, respectively, of the
     value of the outstanding interests  in the Portfolio. Because  the Marathon
     Fund controls  the Portfolio, it  may take actions without  the approval of
     any other  investor.  The Marathon  Fund  and the  Classic Fund  have  each
     informed  the Portfolio that  whenever it is  requested to  vote on matters
     pertaining to the fundamental policies  of the Portfolio, it will each hold
     a meeting of  shareholders and  will cast its  votes as  instructed by  its
     shareholders. It  is anticipated that  any other investor  in the Portfolio
     which is an  investment company registered under the  1940 Act would follow
     the same or a similar practice.
         

                                        B - 22
<PAGE>






     Item 16.  Investment Advisory and Other Services
        
              Investment Adviser.   The Portfolio engages  BMR as its investment
     adviser pursuant to an Investment  Advisory Agreement dated April  9, 1993.
     BMR  or Eaton Vance acts as  investment adviser to investment companies and
     various individual  and institutional  clients with  combined assets  under
     management of approximately $15 billion.
         
              BMR manages the investments  and affairs of the  Portfolio subject
     to the supervision of the  Portfolio's Board of Trustees. BMR furnishes  to
     the Portfolio  investment research,  advice and  supervision, furnishes  an
     investment program and  determines what securities will be  purchased, held
     or sold  by the  Portfolio and  what portion,  if any,  of the  Portfolio's
     assets will be held uninvested. The Investment Advisory Agreement  requires
     BMR to  pay  the salaries  and fees  of all  officers and  Trustees of  the
     Portfolio who are members of the BMR organization and all personnel of  BMR
     performing services  relating to  research and  investment activities.  The
     Portfolio is  responsible  for all  expenses  not  expressly stated  to  be
     payable  by BMR under the Investment Advisory Agreement, including, without
     implied  limitation,  (i)   expenses  of  maintaining  the   Portfolio  and
     continuing  its existence,  (ii) registration  of the  Portfolio under  the
     1940 Act, (iii)  commissions, fees and  other expenses  connected with  the
     acquisition, holding and  disposition of securities and  other investments,
     (iv) auditing, accounting  and legal expenses, (v) taxes and interest, (vi)
     governmental  fees,  (vii)  expenses  of  issue,  sale  and  redemption  of
     interests in the  Portfolio, (viii) expenses of registering  and qualifying
     the Portfolio  and  interests in  the  Portfolio  under Federal  and  state
     securities laws and of  preparing and  printing registration statements  or
     other  offering  statements  or  memoranda   for  such  purposes  and   for
     distributing the  same to investors,  and fees and  expenses of registering
     and  maintaining  registrations of  the  Portfolio and  of  the Portfolio's
     placement  agent as  broker-dealer  or agent  under state  securities laws,
     (ix)  expenses of  reports  and notices  to investors  and  of meetings  of
     investors  and proxy  solicitations therefor,  (x) expenses  of  reports to
     governmental  officers  and  commissions,  (xi) insurance  expenses,  (xii)
     association membership  dues, (xiii)  fees, expenses  and disbursements  of
     custodians and subcustodians  for all services to  the Portfolio (including
     without   limitation   safekeeping  for   funds,   securities   and   other
     investments, keeping of  books, accounts and records, and  determination of
     net asset values,  book capital account  balances and  tax capital  account
     balances),  (xiv) fees,  expenses  and  disbursements of  transfer  agents,
     dividend disbursing  agents, investor servicing  agents and registrars  for
     all services to the Portfolio, (xv) expenses for  servicing the accounts of
     investors, (xvi) any direct charges  to investors approved by  the Trustees
     of  the Portfolio,  (xvii)  compensation and  expenses  of Trustees  of the
     Portfolio  who are not  members of the  BMR organization,  and (xviii) such
     nonrecurring items as  may arise, including expenses incurred in connection
     with  litigation,  proceedings  and  claims  and   the  obligation  of  the
     Portfolio  to indemnify  its Trustees, officers  and investors with respect
     thereto.
        


                                        B - 23
<PAGE>






              For a description of the compensation that the Portfolio pays  BMR
     under the Investment  Advisory Agreement, see "Management of the Portfolio"
     in  Part A.    As  of March  31,  1995, the  Portfolio  had net  assets  of
     $17,315,618.    For the fiscal  year ended March  31, 1995, BMR  would have
     earned, absent a  fee reduction, advisory  fees of  $80,031 (equivalent  to
     0.45%  of  the Portfolio's  average  daily net  assets for  such  year). To
     enhance the  net income  of  the Portfolio,  BMR made  a reduction  of  its
     advisory  fee in  the  full  amount of  such  fee,  and BMR  was  allocated
     expenses  related to  the  operation  of the  Portfolio  in the  amount  of
     $8,932.  For the period from the start of  business, April 16, 1993, to the
     fiscal year  ended March  31, 1994,  BMR would  have earned,  absent a  fee
     reduction, advisory  fees of $34,054  (equivalent to 0.44% (annualized)  of
     the Portfolio's average daily net assets  for such period). To enhance  the
     net income of the  Portfolio, BMR made a reduction  of its advisory fee  in
     the full amount of such fee, and BMR was allocated expenses  related to the
     operation of the Portfolio in the amount of $14,314. 
         
        
              The  Investment  Advisory Agreement  with  BMR  remains  in effect
     until February 28,  1996. It may  be continued  indefinitely thereafter  so
     long  as  such continuance  after February  28, 1996  is approved  at least
     annually (i) by the  vote of a  majority of the  Trustees of the  Portfolio
     who are  not interested persons of  the Portfolio or of  BMR cast in person
     at  a  meeting  specifically called  for  the  purpose  of  voting on  such
     approval and  (ii) by the Board of Trustees  of the Portfolio or by vote of
     a  majority of  the  outstanding voting  securities  of the  Portfolio. The
     Agreement may  be  terminated at  any time  without penalty  on sixty  (60)
     days' written notice by the Board  of Trustees of either party, or by  vote
     of the  majority of the outstanding voting securities of the Portfolio, and
     the Agreement will  terminate automatically in the event of its assignment.
     The Agreement  provides that BMR may  render services to others  and engage
     in other business  activities and may permit  other fund clients and  other
     corporations and  organizations to use  the words "Eaton  Vance" or "Boston
     Management and Research" in their  names. The Agreement also  provides that
     BMR  shall not  be liable  for any  loss  incurred in  connection with  the
     performance  of  its   duties,  or  action  taken  or  omitted  under  that
     Agreement,  in  the  absence  of  willful  misfeasance,  bad  faith,  gross
     negligence in the  performance of its duties  or by reason of  its reckless
     disregard  of its  obligations  and duties  thereunder,  or for  any losses
     sustained in the  acquisition, holding or  disposition of  any security  or
     other investment.
         
        
              BMR is a  wholly-owned subsidiary of Eaton Vance. Eaton  Vance and
     EV are both wholly-owned  subsidiaries of EVC. BMR and Eaton Vance are both
     Massachusetts  business trusts,  and EV  is the  trustee  of BMR  and Eaton
     Vance. The Directors  of EV are  Landon T.  Clay, H. Day  Brigham, Jr.,  M.
     Dozier  Gardner,  James  B.  Hawkes,  and  Benjamin  A.  Rowland,  Jr.  The
     Directors of EVC consist of the same persons and John G.L. Cabot  and Ralph
     Z. Sorenson. Mr.  Clay is chairman and  Mr. Gardner is president  and chief
     executive officer of  EVC, BMR, Eaton Vance  and EV. All of the  issued and
     outstanding shares of  Eaton Vance  and EV  are owned  by EVC.  All of  the

                                        B - 24
<PAGE>






     issued and outstanding  shares of BMR are owned  by Eaton Vance. All shares
     of the  outstanding Voting Common  Stock of EVC  are deposited in a  Voting
     Trust which expires on  December 31, 1996, the Voting Trustees of which are
     Messrs.  Clay, Brigham,  Gardner, Hawkes  and Rowland.  The Voting Trustees
     have  unrestricted voting rights for the  election of Directors of EVC. All
     of the outstanding  voting trust receipts  issued under  said Voting  Trust
     are  owned by certain of  the officers of BMR and  Eaton Vance who are also
     officers and Directors of EVC  and EV. As of  June 30, 1995, Messrs.  Clay,
     Gardner  and Hawkes  each owned  24%  of such  voting  trust receipts,  and
     Messrs. Rowland  and  Brigham owned  15%  and  13%, respectively,  of  such
     voting trust receipts. Messrs. Hawkes and Otis are officers or  Trustees of
     the  Portfolio  and  are  members of  the  EVC,  BMR,  Eaton  Vance and  EV
     organizations. Messrs.  Ahern, Alban, Fetter,  MacIntosh, Murphy,  O'Connor
     and Woodbury  and Ms. Sanders  are officers of  the Portfolio and are  also
     members of the BMR,  Eaton Vance and/or EV organizations. BMR  will receive
     the fees paid under the Investment Advisory Agreement.
         
        
              Eaton  Vance owns all  of the stock of  Energex Corporation, which
     is  engaged  in oil  and  gas operations.  EVC  owns all  of  the stock  of
     Marblehead Energy Corp.  (which is engaged in  oil and gas operations)  and
     77.3%  of the stock  of Investors  Bank &  Trust Company, custodian  of the
     Portfolio, which provides  custodial, trustee and other  fiduciary services
     to investors, including individuals, employee  benefit plans, corporations,
     investment companies,  savings banks and  other institutions. In  addition,
     Eaton Vance owns all  of the stock of Northeast Properties, Inc.,  which is
     engaged in real  estate investment, consulting and management. EVC owns all
     of  the stock  of  Fulcrum  Management, Inc.  and  MinVen  Inc., which  are
     engaged in  the development of  precious metal properties.  EVC, BMR, Eaton
     Vance and EV may also enter into other businesses.
         
              EVC and its affiliates and their officers and employees from  time
     to time  have transactions with  various banks, including  the custodian of
     the  Portfolio, Investors Bank & Trust Company. It is Eaton Vance's opinion
     that the terms  and conditions of such  transactions were not and  will not
     be influenced  by existing  or potential  custodial or  other relationships
     between the Portfolio and such banks.
        
              Custodian.   Investors Bank  & Trust  Company ("IBT"),  24 Federal
     Street, Boston, Massachusetts  (a 77.3% owned  subsidiary of  EVC) acts  as
     custodian for the Portfolio. IBT has the custody  of all of the Portfolio's
     assets, maintains  the general  ledger of  the Portfolio  and computes  the
     daily net asset  value of interests in  the Portfolio. In such  capacity it
     attends to details in connection  with the sale, exchange,  substitution or
     transfer of, or other dealings with, the Portfolio's  investments, receives
     and disburses all  funds and performs various other ministerial duties upon
     receipt of proper instructions from  the Portfolio. IBT charges  fees which
     are  competitive within  the industry.  A  portion of  the  fee relates  to
     custody, bookkeeping and  valuation services and is based upon a percentage
     of  Portfolio net  assets and  a portion  of  the fee  relates to  activity
     charges, primarily  the number of  portfolio transactions.   These fees are
     then reduced  by a credit  for cash balances  of the  particular investment

                                        B - 25
<PAGE>






     company at the custodian  equal to  75% of the  91-day, U.S. Treasury  Bill
     auction rate applied to the  particular investment company's average  daily
     collected  balances for the week. In  view of the ownership  of EVC in IBT,
     the Portfolio is treated  as a self-custodian pursuant to Rule  17f-2 under
     the 1940 Act, and the Portfolio's investments held  by IBT as custodian are
     thus subject  to the additional examinations by the Portfolio's independent
     certified public accountants  as called for  by such  Rule. For the  fiscal
     year ended March 31, 1995, the Portfolio paid IBT $9,588.
         
        
              Independent Certified Public Accountants.   Deloitte & Touche LLP,
     125 Summer  Street, Boston,  Massachusetts, are  the independent  certified
     public accountants of the  Portfolio, providing audit services, tax  return
     preparation,  and   assistance  and  consultation   with  respect  to   the
     preparation of filings with the Securities and Exchange Commission.
         
     Item 17.  Brokerage Allocation and Other Practices
              Decisions   concerning  the   execution  of   portfolio   security
     transactions,  including  the selection  of  the market  and  the executing
     firm,  are made  by  BMR. BMR  is  also responsible  for  the execution  of
     transactions for all other accounts managed by it.

              BMR places  the portfolio  security transactions of  the Portfolio
     and of all other  accounts managed by it for execution with many firms. BMR
     uses  its  best   efforts  to  obtain  execution   of  portfolio   security
     transactions  at prices  which  are advantageous  to  the Portfolio  and at
     reasonably competitive  spreads or  (when a  disclosed commission  is being
     charged)  at  reasonably  competitive commission  rates.  In  seeking  such
     execution, BMR  will use  its best judgment  in evaluating  the terms of  a
     transaction,  and will  give  consideration  to various  relevant  factors,
     including without  limitation the  size and  type of  the transaction,  the
     nature and character of the  market for the security,  the confidentiality,
     speed  and certainty of effective  execution required  for the transaction,
     the  general execution and operational capabilities  of the executing firm,
     the  reputation, reliability,  experience and  financial  condition of  the
     firm, the  value and quality of  the services rendered by  the firm in this
     and  other  transactions,  and   the  reasonableness   of  the  spread   or
     commission,   if   any.  Municipal   obligations,   including   Connecticut
     obligations, purchased  and sold by  the Portfolio are  generally traded in
     the  over-the-counter  market on  a  net basis  (i.e.,  without commission)
     through broker-dealers and banks acting  for their own account  rather than
     as brokers, or otherwise involve  transactions directly with the  issuer of
     such obligations.  Such firms attempt  to profit from  such transactions by
     buying at  the bid  price  and selling  at the  higher asked  price of  the
     market for such obligations,  and the difference between the  bid and asked
     price is  customarily referred to  as the  spread. The  Portfolio may  also
     purchase  municipal obligations  from underwriters, the  cost of  which may
     include undisclosed fees and concessions  to the underwriters. While  it is
     anticipated  that  the   Portfolio  will  not  pay   significant  brokerage
     commissions in  connection with  such portfolio  security transactions,  on
     occasion it may be  necessary or appropriate to purchase or sell a security
     through a  broker on  an agency  basis, in  which case  the Portfolio  will

                                        B - 26
<PAGE>






     incur  a brokerage commission. Although spreads or commissions on portfolio
     security transactions  will,  in the  judgment  of  BMR, be  reasonable  in
     relation to  the value  of the  services provided,  spreads or  commissions
     exceeding those which  another firm might charge  may be paid to  firms who
     were selected to execute transactions on behalf of the  Portfolio and BMR's
     other clients for providing brokerage and research services to BMR.

              As authorized in  Section 28(e) of the Securities Exchange  Act of
     1934, a broker or  dealer who executes a portfolio transaction on behalf of
     the Portfolio may receive a commission which is in excess of the  amount of
     commission another broker or dealer  would have charged for  effecting that
     transaction if  BMR  determines in  good  faith  that such  commission  was
     reasonable in relation  to the value of the brokerage and research services
     provided.  This determination  may  be made  on  the basis  of  either that
     particular  transaction or on the  basis of  overall responsibilities which
     BMR  and  its  affiliates  have  for  accounts  over  which  they  exercise
     investment  discretion. In  making  any such  determination,  BMR will  not
     attempt  to place a  specific dollar  value on  the brokerage  and research
     services provided or to  determine what portion of the commission should be
     related  to such  services.  Brokerage and  research  services may  include
     advice  as to  the value of  securities, the advisability  of investing in,
     purchasing,  or selling  securities, and the  availability of securities or
     purchasers  or  sellers  of securities;  furnishing  analyses  and  reports
     concerning issuers,  industries, securities,  economic factors and  trends,
     portfolio strategy  and the performance  of accounts; effecting  securities
     transactions   and  performing   functions  incidental   thereto  (such  as
     clearance and settlement); and the  "Research Services" referred to  in the
     next paragraph.

              It  is a common  practice of the investment  advisory industry and
     of the advisers of  investment companies, institutions and other  investors
     to receive research, statistical and quotation  services, data, information
     and other  services, products and  materials which assist  such advisers in
     the performance of  their investment responsibilities ("Research Services")
     from  broker-dealer firms  which  execute  portfolio transactions  for  the
     clients of such  advisers and from  third parties with  which such  broker-
     dealers  have arrangements.  Consistent with  this  practice, BMR  receives
     Research Services from many broker-dealer  firms with which BMR  places the
     Portfolio's transactions  and from third  parties with which these  broker-
     dealers have arrangements. These Research Services include  such matters as
     general  economic  and  market  reviews,  industry   and  company  reviews,
     evaluations of  securities and  portfolio strategies  and transactions  and
     recommendations  as  to the  purchase  and  sale  of  securities and  other
     portfolio transactions, financial,  industry and  trade publications,  news
     and information  services, pricing  and quotation  equipment and  services,
     and  research  oriented   computer  hardware,  software,  data   bases  and
     services. Any particular Research Service obtained  through a broker-dealer
     may be used  by BMR  in connection with  client accounts  other than  those
     accounts  which pay  commissions to  such broker-dealer.  Any such Research
     Service may be broadly  useful and of value to BMR in  rendering investment
     advisory services to  all or a significant  portion of its clients,  or may
     be relevant and  useful for the management of  only one client's account or

                                        B - 27
<PAGE>






     of  a few clients' accounts, or may be  useful for the management of merely
     a segment  of certain  clients' accounts,  regardless of  whether any  such
     account or  accounts paid  commissions to  the broker-dealer through  which
     such Research Service was obtained. The advisory  fee paid by the Portfolio
     is not reduced because BMR  receives such Research Services.  BMR evaluates
     the nature  and quality of  the various Research  Services obtained through
     broker-dealer  firms and  attempts to  allocate  sufficient commissions  to
     such  firms to ensure the continued receipt  of Research Services which BMR
     believes are  useful or  of value  to it in  rendering investment  advisory
     services to its clients.

              Subject to the requirement that BMR shall use its best  efforts to
     seek and  execute portfolio  security transactions  at advantageous  prices
     and  at  reasonably  competitive  spreads  or  commission  rates,  BMR   is
     authorized to consider as a factor  in the selection of any firm with  whom
     portfolio orders  may be placed  the fact  that such  firm has  sold or  is
     selling shares of  any investment company sponsored by  BMR or Eaton Vance.
     This policy is not  inconsistent with a rule of the National Association of
     Securities Dealers,  Inc., which  rule provides  that no  firm  which is  a
     member  of the  Association  shall favor  or  disfavor the  distribution of
     shares  of  any  particular  investment  company  or  group  of  investment
     companies on the  basis of brokerage  commissions received  or expected  by
     such firm from any source.
        
              Municipal obligations considered as investments for the  Portfolio
     may also  be appropriate for  other investment accounts  managed by BMR  or
     its  affiliates. BMR will attempt  to allocate equitably portfolio security
     transactions  among  the   Portfolio  and  the  portfolios   of  its  other
     investment  accounts purchasing  municipal  obligations whenever  decisions
     are made to  purchase or sell securities  by the Portfolio and one  or more
     of  such  other accounts  simultaneously. In  making such  allocations, the
     main factors to be considered  are the respective investment  objectives of
     the  Portfolio and  such  other accounts,  the  relative size  of portfolio
     holdings of the  same or comparable  securities, the  availability of  cash
     for investment by the Portfolio and  such accounts, the size of  investment
     commitments  generally held  by  the Portfolio  and  such accounts  and the
     opinions  of the persons  responsible for  recommending investments  to the
     Portfolio and such  accounts. While this procedure could have a detrimental
     effect on the price  or amount of the securities available to the Portfolio
     from time to  time, it is the opinion of the Trustees of the Portfolio that
     the benefits available from the BMR organization outweigh any  disadvantage
     that may arise from exposure  to simultaneous transactions. For  the fiscal
     year ended March 31,  1995, and for the period from the  start of business,
     April 16,  1993, to  the fiscal year  ended March  31, 1994, the  Portfolio
     paid no brokerage commissions on portfolio transactions.
         
     Item 18.  Capital Stock and Other Securities
              Under  the  Portfolio's Declaration  of  Trust,  the  Trustees are
     authorized to issue interests in the Portfolio.  Investors  are entitled to
     participate pro rata  in distributions of  taxable income,  loss, gain  and
     credit of the Portfolio.   Upon dissolution of the Portfolio,  the Trustees
     shall liquidate the  assets of the Portfolio  and apply and  distribute the

                                        B - 28
<PAGE>






     proceeds thereof as follows:  (a) first,  to the payment  of all debts  and
     obligations  of   the  Portfolio  to   third  parties  including,   without
     limitation, the retirement  of outstanding debt, including any debt owed to
     holders of  record  of interests  in  the  Portfolio ("Holders")  or  their
     affiliates, and the expenses  of liquidation, and to the setting up  of any
     reserves  for contingencies  which  may be  necessary;  and (b)  second, in
     accordance  with the Holders' positive Book  Capital Account balances after
     adjusting Book  Capital Accounts  for certain  allocations provided in  the
     Declaration of Trust and in  accordance with the requirements  described in
     Treasury Regulations  Section 1.704-1(b)(2)(ii)(b)(2).  Notwithstanding the
     foregoing, if  the Trustees shall determine that  an immediate sale of part
     or  all of  the assets  of  the Portfolio  would cause  undue  loss to  the
     Holders,  the Trustees,  in order  to avoid  such  loss, may,  after having
     given notification to all  the Holders, to the  extent not then  prohibited
     by  the law of  any jurisdiction in which  the Portfolio is  then formed or
     qualified and applicable in  the circumstances, either defer liquidation of
     and withhold  from distribution  for a  reasonable time  any assets  of the
     Portfolio except  those  necessary to  satisfy  the Portfolio's  debts  and
     obligations  or  distribute  the  Portfolio's  assets  to  the  Holders  in
     liquidation.   Interests in the Portfolio  have no  preference, preemptive,
     conversion or similar rights and  are fully paid and  nonassessable, except
     as set forth below.   Interests  in the Portfolio  may not be  transferred.
     Certificates  representing an  investor's  interest  in the  Portfolio  are
     issued only upon the written request of a Holder.

              Each Holder  is entitled  to vote in  proportion to  the amount of
     its interest  in  the Portfolio.   Holders  do not  have cumulative  voting
     rights.   The Portfolio  is not  required and  has no current  intention to
     hold  annual meetings of Holders,  but the Portfolio  will hold meetings of
     Holders when in  the judgment of the  Portfolio's Trustees it  is necessary
     or desirable  to submit matters  to a vote  of Holders at  a meeting.   Any
     action  which may  be taken by  Holders may be  taken without  a meeting if
     Holders holding more  than 50% of all  interests entitled to vote  (or such
     larger  proportion thereof as shall be required by any express provision of
     the  Declaration of  Trust  of the  Portfolio)  consent  to the  action  in
     writing and  the  consents  are  filed with  the  records  of  meetings  of
     Holders.

              The Portfolio's  Declaration of Trust  may be amended  by vote  of
     Holders  of more than 50% of all interests  in the Portfolio at any meeting
     of Holders or by an instrument in writing without a meeting,  executed by a
     majority of the Trustees and  consented to by the Holders of  more than 50%
     of all interests.   The Trustees  may also amend  the Declaration of  Trust
     (without the vote or consent of Holders) to  change the Portfolio's name or
     the state or  other jurisdiction whose law  shall be the governing  law, to
     supply   any  omission  or  cure,  correct  or  supplement  any  ambiguous,
     defective or  inconsistent provision, to conform  the Declaration  of Trust
     to applicable  Federal law  or regulations  or to the  requirements of  the
     Internal  Revenue Code,  or  to change,  modify  or rescind  any provision,
     provided that such  change, modification or rescission is determined by the
     Trustees  to be  necessary  or appropriate  and  not to  have a  materially
     adverse effect on the financial interests of the Holders.  No amendment  of

                                        B - 29
<PAGE>






     the Declaration of Trust which would change any rights with respect to  any
     Holder's interest in the Portfolio  by reducing the amount  payable thereon
     upon liquidation of  the Portfolio  may be made,  except with  the vote  or
     consent of the  Holders of two-thirds of all  interests.  References in the
     Declaration  of  Trust  and  in  Part  A or  this  Part  B  to  a specified
     percentage of,  or fraction of,  interests in the  Portfolio, means Holders
     whose  combined Book  Capital  Account  balances represent  such  specified
     percentage or  fraction of  the combined  Book Capital  Account balance  of
     all, or a specified group of, Holders.

              The   Portfolio  may   merge   or  consolidate   with   any  other
     corporation,  association,  trust or  other  organization  or may  sell  or
     exchange  all or  substantially  all of  its  assets  upon such  terms  and
     conditions  and  for such  consideration  when  and  as  authorized by  the
     Holders  of (a) 67%  or more of the  interests in the  Portfolio present or
     represented at the meeting of  Holders, if Holders of more than  50% of all
     interests are present or represented by proxy, or (b)  more than 50% of all
     interests, whichever is less.  The Portfolio  may be terminated (i) by  the
     affirmative vote of  Holders of not less  than two-thirds of  all interests
     at  any meeting  of  Holders  or by  an  instrument  in writing  without  a
     meeting,  executed  by a  majority  of  the Trustees  and  consented to  by
     Holders of  not less  than  two-thirds of  all interests,  or (ii)  by  the
     Trustees by written notice to the Holders.
        
              In accordance with the  Declaration of Trust, there normally  will
     be  no meetings  of the  investors  for the  purpose  of electing  Trustees
     unless and until such time as  less than a majority of the Trustees holding
     office have been elected by investors.   In such an event, the Trustees  of
     the  Portfolio then  in  office will  call  an investors'  meeting for  the
     election of Trustees.  Except  for the foregoing circumstances,  and unless
     removed  by action  of  the investors  in  accordance with  the Portfolio's
     Declaration of Trust,  the Trustees shall continue  to hold office and  may
     appoint successor Trustees.
         
        
              The Declaration of  Trust provides that no person shall serve as a
     Trustee if investors  holding two-thirds of the  outstanding interests have
     removed him from  that office either by  a written declaration or  by votes
     cast  at a  meeting  called for  that purpose.    The Declaration  of Trust
     further provides that under  certain circumstances, the investors may  call
     a  meeting to  remove  a Trustee  and  that the  Portfolio  is required  to
     provide assistance in communicating with investors about such a meeting.
         
        
              The  Portfolio is organized as a trust under the laws of the State
     of New York.   Investors in  the Portfolio will  be held personally  liable
     for its obligations  and liabilities, subject, however,  to indemnification
     by the Portfolio  in the  event that there  is imposed upon  an investor  a
     greater portion  of the liabilities  and obligations of  the Portfolio than
     its proportionate  interest in  the Portfolio.   The  Portfolio intends  to
     maintain fidelity  and errors and  omissions  insurance  deemed adequate by
     the Trustees.  Therefore,  the risk of an investor incurring financial loss

                                        B - 30
<PAGE>






     on  account of investor liability is limited to circumstances in which both
     inadequate insurance exists  and the Portfolio itself is unable to meet its
     obligations.
         
              The Declaration of Trust further provides that  obligations of the
     Portfolio are not binding upon the Trustees individually but only upon  the
     property of the Portfolio and that the Trustees will not  be liable for any
     action or failure to act, but nothing in  the Declaration of Trust protects
     a Trustee against any liability to which  he would otherwise be subject  by
     reason  of willful misfeasance,  bad faith,  gross negligence,  or reckless
     disregard of the duties involved in the conduct of his office.

     Item 19.  Purchase, Redemption and Pricing of Securities
              Interests in the Portfolio are issued solely  in private placement
     transactions that do not involve  any "public offering" within  the meaning
     of Section 4(2)  of the Securities Act of  1933. See "Purchase of Interests
     in the Portfolio" and "Redemption or Decrease of Interest" in Part A.
        


         
     Item 20.  Tax Status
        
              The Portfolio has  been advised by tax counsel that,  provided the
     Portfolio is operated at all  times during its existence in accordance with
     certain organizational and  operational documents, the Portfolio  should be
     classified as  a partnership  under the Internal  Revenue Code of  1986, as
     amended (the "Code"), and it should not be a "publicly traded  partnership"
     within  the  meaning of  Section  7704  of  the  Code.   Consequently,  the
     Portfolio does  not expect  that it  will be  required to  pay any  federal
     income tax,  and  a  Holder  will  be required  to  take  into  account  in
     determining its federal income tax  liability its share of  the Portfolio's
     income, gains, losses, deductions and tax preference items.
         
        
              Under Subchapter K  of the Code, a partnership is considered to be
     either an aggregate of its members or a separate entity depending upon  the
     factual  and  legal  context  in  which  the  question  arises.  Under  the
     aggregate  approach, each partner  is treated  as an owner  of an undivided
     interest in partnership assets  and operations. Under the entity  approach,
     the partnership is treated  as a separate entity in which partners  have no
     direct interest  in partnership assets  and operations.  The Portfolio  has
     been advised  by tax counsel  that, in the  case of a Holder  that seeks to
     qualify  as a  RIC,  the aggregate  approach should  apply,  and each  such
     Holder should accordingly be  deemed to own  a proportionate share of  each
     of the assets  of the Portfolio and  to be entitled to the  gross income of
     the Portfolio attributable to that  share for purposes of  all requirements
     of Sections  851(b) and 852(b)(5) of  the Code. Further, the  Portfolio has
     been advised  by tax counsel  that each Holder that  seeks to qualify  as a
     RIC  should be deemed  to hold  its proportionate share  of the Portfolio's
     assets for the period  the Portfolio has held the assets or  for the period
     the Holder  has been an  investor in the  Portfolio, whichever  is shorter.

                                        B - 31
<PAGE>






     Investors should consult their  tax advisers  regarding whether the  entity
     or the aggregate approach applies to  their investment in the Portfolio  in
     light of  their particular tax status and any  special tax rules applicable
     to them.
         
        
              In order  to enable  a Holder in the  Portfolio that  is otherwise
     eligible  to  qualify  as  a RIC,  the  Portfolio  intends  to  satisfy the
     requirements of Subchapter M  of the Code relating to sources of income and
     diversification of assets as if  they were applicable to the Portfolio  and
     to allocate and  permit withdrawals in a  manner that will enable  a Holder
     which is  a RIC  to comply  with those  requirements.   The Portfolio  will
     allocate  at least annually  to each Holder  its distributive  share of the
     Portfolio's  net taxable  (if  any) and  tax-exempt investment  income, net
     realized capital  gains,  and  any  other  items  of  income,  gain,  loss,
     deduction or  credit in  a  manner intended  to comply  with the  Code  and
     applicable Treasury  regulations.   Tax counsel  has advised the  Portfolio
     that the Portfolio's  allocations of taxable  income and  loss should  have
     "economic effect" under applicable Treasury regulations.
         
        
              To the  extent the  cash  proceeds of  any withdrawal  (or,  under
     certain  circumstances, such  proceeds  plus the  value  of any  marketable
     securities  distributed  to  an  investor)  ("liquid  proceeds")  exceed  a
     Holder's adjusted  basis of his interest in the  Portfolio, the Holder will
     generally  realize a  gain for  federal  income tax  purposes.  If, upon  a
     complete  withdrawal (redemption  of  the  entire interest),  the  Holder's
     adjusted basis  of  his  interest  exceeds  the  liquid  proceeds  of  such
     withdrawal, the Holder  will generally realize  a loss  for federal  income
     tax purposes.   The tax consequences of  a withdrawal of  property (instead
     of or in addition to liquid proceeds) will be different and will depend  on
     the specific  factual  circumstances.   A  Holder's  adjusted basis  of  an
     interest  in the  Portfolio  will generally  be  the aggregate  prices paid
     therefor  (including the  adjusted basis  of contributed  property  and any
     gain recognized  on such  contribution), increased  by the  amounts of  the
     Holder's  distributive share of items  of income (including interest income
     exempt from  federal income tax)  and realized net  gain of the  Portfolio,
     and  reduced, but  not  below zero,  by  (i) the  amounts  of the  Holder's
     distributive share of items of Portfolio loss,  and (ii) the amount of  any
     cash distributions (including distributions of interest  income exempt from
     federal  income  tax  and  cash  distributions  on  withdrawals  from   the
     Portfolio)  and the basis  to the Holder of  any property  received by such
     Holder  other  than in  liquidation,  and (iii)  the  Holder's distributive
     share   of  the   Portfolio's   nondeductible  expenditures   not  properly
     chargeable  to capital account.  Increases or decreases in a Holder's share
     of the Portfolio's  liabilities may also result  in corresponding increases
     or decreases  in such adjusted basis.  Distributions  of liquid proceeds in
     excess  of a  Holder's adjusted  basis  in its  interest  in the  Portfolio
     immediately prior thereto  generally will result in the recognition of gain
     to the Holder in the amount of such excess.
         
        

                                        B - 32
<PAGE>






              The  Portfolio may acquire zero coupon  or other securities issued
     with  original issue  discount.   As the  holder  of those  securities, the
     Portfolio must account for the  original issue discount (even  on municipal
     securities) that  accrues on the  securities during the  taxable year, even
     if it receives no corresponding payment on the securities  during the year.
     Because each  Holder that is  a RIC annually  must distribute substantially
     all of its  investment company taxable  income and  net tax-exempt  income,
     including  any original issue discount, to qualify  for treatment as a RIC,
     any  such Holder may be  required in a particular year  to distribute as an
     "exempt-interest  dividend"  an  amount  that  is  greater  than  its  pro-
     portionate  share  of the  total  amount  of  cash  the Portfolio  actually
     receives.   Those distributions will be made from the Holder's cash assets,
     if any, or  from its proportionate share of  the Portfolio's cash assets or
     the proceeds of  sales of the  Portfolio's securities, if  necessary.   The
     Portfolio  may realize  capital  gains or  losses  from those  sales, which
     would increase  or decrease  the investment company  taxable income  and/or
     net capital gain (the excess of net long-term  capital gain over net short-
     term capital loss) of a Holder  that is a RIC.  In addition, any such gains
     may be realized  on the disposition of securities  held for less than three
     months.   Because of the  Short-Short Limitation (defined  below), any such
     gains would reduce  the Portfolio's ability  to sell  other securities,  or
     options  or futures  contracts,  held for  less than  three months  that it
     might wish to sell in the ordinary course of its portfolio management.
         
        
              Investments  in  lower rated  or  unrated  securities  may present
     special  tax issues  for  the Portfolio  and hence  to  an investor  in the
     Portfolio to the  extent actual or anticipated defaults  may be more likely
     with respect to  such securities.  Tax  rules are not entirely  clear about
     issues such as  when the Portfolio may  cease to accrue  interest, original
     issue discount, or market discount; when and  to what extent deductions may
     be taken for  bad debts or worthless  securities; how payments received  on
     obligations  in default should be  allocated between  principal and income;
     and whether  exchanges  of  debt  obligations  in  a  workout  context  are
     taxable.
         
        
              In order  for a  Holder that is  a RIC to  be entitled  to pay the
     tax-exempt   interest   income   the   Portfolio   allocates   to   it   as
     exempt-interest  dividends to  its shareholders,  the  Holder must  satisfy
     certain requirements, including  the requirement that, at the close of each
     quarter of its taxable year, at least 50% of the value  of its total assets
     consists of  obligations the  interest on  which is  excludable from  gross
     income  under  Section  103(a)  of  the Code.    The  Portfolio  intends to
     concentrate its  investments in  such tax-exempt  obligations to  an extent
     that will enable a RIC that invests its investable assets in the  Portfolio
     to satisfy this 50% requirement.  
         
        
              Interest on  certain municipal  obligations is  treated as  a  tax
     preference  item  for purposes  of  the  federal  alternative minimum  tax.
     Holders  that are required to file federal  income tax returns are required

                                        B - 33
<PAGE>






     to report tax-exempt interest  allocated to them  by the Portfolio on  such
     returns.
         
              From time to  time proposals have been  introduced before Congress
     for the  purpose  of restricting  or  eliminating  the Federal  income  tax
     exemption for  interest on certain  types of municipal  obligations, and it
     can be expected  that similar proposals  may be  introduced in the  future.
     Under  Federal tax  legislation  enacted in  1986,  the Federal  income tax
     exemption  for interest on certain  municipal obligations was eliminated or
     restricted.    As  a  result  of  such  legislation,  the  availability  of
     municipal obligations for investment by the Portfolio and the value  of the
     Portfolio may be affected.
        
              In  the  course of  managing its  investments,  the  Portfolio may
     realize some  short-term and long-term  capital gains (and/or  losses) as a
     result of market transactions,  including sales of portfolio securities and
     rights  to when-issued  securities and  options  and futures  transactions.
     The Portfolio  may  also realize  taxable  income from  certain  short-term
     taxable  obligations,  securities  loans,  a  portion   of  original  issue
     discount with  respect to certain stripped  municipal obligations  or their
     stripped  coupons  and  certain realized  accrued  market  discount.    Any
     allocations of such capital gains or other taxable income to  Holders would
     be taxable  to Holders that  are subject to tax.   However, it  is expected
     that such amounts, if any, would  normally be insubstantial in relation  to
     the tax-exempt interest earned by the Portfolio.
         
        
              The  Portfolio's transactions  in  options and  futures  contracts
     will be  subject to special  tax rules that  may affect the amount,  timing
     and character  of  its  items  of  income,  gain  or  loss  and  hence  the
     allocations of such  items to investors.   For  example, certain  positions
     held by the  Portfolio on the last business  day of each taxable  year will
     be marked to market (i.e., treated  as if closed out on such  day), and any
     resulting gain or  loss will generally be treated  as 60% long-term and 40%
     short-term capital gain or loss.   Certain positions held by the  Portfolio
     that substantially  diminish the Portfolio's  risk of loss  with respect to
     other positions  in its  portfolio  may constitute  "straddles," which  are
     subject  to  tax  rules  that  may  cause  deferral  of  Portfolio  losses,
     adjustments in  the holding period  of Portfolio securities and  conversion
     of short-term into long-term capital losses.  
         
        
              Income from transactions in  options and futures contracts derived
     by the  Portfolio with respect  to its business of  investing in securities
     will qualify as permissible  income for its Holders that are RICs under the
     requirement that at least  90% of  a RIC's gross  income each taxable  year
     consist of  specified types  of income.   However, income  from the  dispo-
     sition by  the Portfolio  of options  and futures contracts  held for  less
     than  three months will  be subject to the  requirement applicable to those
     Holders  that less  than 30%  of a  RIC's  gross income  each taxable  year
     consist of certain short-term gains ("Short-Short Limitation").
         

                                        B - 34
<PAGE>






        
              If the  Portfolio satisfies certain requirements,  any increase in
     value of a position that is part of a  "designated hedge" will be offset by
     any decrease in value  (whether realized or not) of the  offsetting hedging
     position  during  the period  of  the  hedge  for  purposes of  determining
     whether the  Holders  that are  RICs  satisfy the  Short-Short  Limitation.
     Thus,  only the  net  gain  (if any)  from  the  designated hedge  will  be
     included in gross  income for purposes of  that limitation.   The Portfolio
     will consider whether it  should seek to qualify for this treatment for its
     hedging transactions.  To the extent the Portfolio does not so qualify,  it
     may be  forced to defer  the closing out  of options and futures  contracts
     beyond the time when it otherwise would be advantageous  to do so, in order
     for Holders that are RICs to continue to qualify as such.
         
        
              Interest on indebtedness incurred  or continued by an investor  to
     purchase or carry an  investment in the Portfolio is not deductible  to the
     extent it is  deemed attributable to the investor's investment, through the
     Portfolio,  in   tax-exempt  obligations.     Further,   persons  who   are
     "substantial  users"  (or  persons  related  to   "substantial  users")  of
     facilities financed  by industrial  development or  private activity  bonds
     should  consult  their  tax advisers  before  investing  in the  Portfolio.
     "Substantial  user"  is  defined  in  applicable  Treasury  regulations  to
     include  a "non-exempt person"  who regularly uses  in trade  or business a
     part of a  facility financed from  the proceeds  of industrial  development
     bonds and would  likely be interpreted  to include  private activity  bonds
     issued to finance similar facilities.
         
              An entity that is  treated as a partnership  under the Code,  such
     as the  Portfolio, is generally  treated as a  partnership under  state and
     local   tax   laws,  but   certain   states  may   have   different  entity
     classification criteria  and may  therefore reach  a different  conclusion.
     Entities that  are classified as  partnerships are not  treated as separate
     taxable entities under most  state and local tax laws, and  the income of a
     partnership is considered  to be income of  partners both in timing  and in
     character.    The exemption  of  interest  income  for  Federal income  tax
     purposes does not necessarily  result in exemption under the income  or tax
     laws of  any state  or local  taxing authority.   The laws  of the  various
     states and local  taxing authorities vary  with respect to the  taxation of
     such interest income,  as well as to  the status of a  partnership interest
     under state  and local  tax laws,  and each  holder of  an interest in  the
     Portfolio is advised to consult his own tax adviser.

              The foregoing  discussion does not  address the  special tax rules
     applicable to  certain classes  of investors, such  as tax-exempt entities,
     insurance companies and  financial institutions.  Investors  should consult
     their own  tax advisers with respect to special tax rules that may apply in
     their particular  situations, as well  as the state,  local or foreign  tax
     consequences of investing in the Portfolio.

     Item 21.  Underwriters


                                        B - 35
<PAGE>






              The   placement   agent  for   the   Portfolio   is   Eaton  Vance
     Distributors, Inc.,  which receives  no compensation  for  serving in  this
     capacity.  Investment companies,  common  and  commingled trust  funds  and
     similar  organizations  and   entities  may  continuously  invest   in  the
     Portfolio.

     Item 22.  Calculation of Performance Data
              Not applicable.

     Item 23.  Financial Statements
        
              The  following  audited  financial  statements  of  the Portfolio,
     which are  included in the  Annual Report  to Shareholders  of EV  Marathon
     Connecticut Limited Maturity Tax Free  Fund for the fiscal year ended March
     31, 1995, are incorporated by reference  into this Part B and have been  so
     incorporated in  reliance  upon the  report  of  Deloitte and  Touche  LLP,
     independent  certified public  accountants, as  experts  in accounting  and
     auditing. 
         
        
              Portfolio of Investments as of March 31, 1995
              Statement of Assets and Liabilities as of March 31, 1995
              Statement of Operations for the fiscal year ended March 31, 1995
              Statement of  Changes in  Net  Assets for  the fiscal  year  ended
              March 31, 1995,  and for the period    from the start of business,
              April 16, 1993, to March 31, 1994
              Supplementary Data for  the fiscal year ended March 31,  1995, and
              for the period from  the start    of business, April 16,  1993, to
              March 31, 1994
              Notes to Financial Statements
              Independent Auditors' Report
         
        
              The  Portfolio  incorporates   by  reference  the  above   audited
     financial statements of  the Portfolio contained  in the  Annual Report  to
     Shareholders of EV  Marathon Connecticut Limited Maturity Tax Free Fund for
     the fiscal  year ended March  31, 1995, as  previously filed electronically
     with the  Securities and  Exchange Commission  on May  30, 1995  (Accession
     Number 0000950146-95-000252).
         













                                        B - 36
<PAGE>







                                       APPENDIX
        
                          Description of Securities Ratings+
         
                           Moody's Investors Service, Inc.

     Municipal Bonds

     Aaa: Bonds which are  rated Aaa are judged to be of the  best quality. They
     carry the smallest degree of investment risk and are generally  referred to
     as  "gilt edged."  Interest  payments are  protected by  a  large or  by an
     exceptionally  stable  margin and  principal is  secure. While  the various
     protective  elements  are   likely  to  change,  such  changes  as  can  be
     visualized  are most unlikely to  impair the  fundamentally strong position
     of such issues.

     Aa: Bonds  which are  rated Aa  are judged  to be  of high  quality by  all
     standards. Together with  the Aaa group  they comprise  what are  generally
     known  as high  grade  bonds. They  are  rated lower  than  the best  bonds
     because margins of protection  may not be as large as  in Aaa securities or
     fluctuation of protective  elements may be  of greater  amplitude or  there
     may  be other  elements  present  which  make  the long  term  risk  appear
     somewhat larger than the Aaa securities.

     A: Bonds which  are rated A  possess many  favorable investment  attributes
     and are to be considered as upper-medium-grade obligations.  Factors giving
     security to principal and  interest are  considered adequate, but  elements
     may be present  which suggest a  susceptibility to  impairment sometime  in
     the future.

     Baa: Bonds which are rated  Baa are considered as  medium-grade obligations
     (i.e.,  they are  neither highly  protected  nor poorly  secured). Interest
     payments  and principal  security  appear  adequate  for  the  present  but
     certain protective  elements may  be lacking  or may be  characteristically
     unreliable  over any  great  length of  time.  Such bonds  lack outstanding
     investment characteristics and in fact have  speculative characteristics as
     well.

     Ba: Bonds  which are  rated Ba  are  judged to  have speculative  elements;
     their future cannot  be considered as well-assured. Often the protection of
     interest and principal payments  may be very moderate and thereby  not well
     safeguarded during  other good and  bad times over  the future. Uncertainty
     of position characterizes bonds in this class.

     B: Bonds which  are rated B generally lack characteristics of the desirable
     investment. Assurance of  interest and principal payments or of maintenance
     of other terms of the contract over any long period of time may be small.
        
     ---------------
        +     The  ratings indicated herein  are believed to be  the most recent
              ratings  available at  the  date of  this Statement  of Additional

                                        a - 1
<PAGE>






              Information  for  the  securities  listed.  Ratings are  generally
              given  to securities  at the  time of  issuance. While  the rating
              agencies  may  from  time   to  time  revise  such  ratings,  they
              undertake no  obligation to do  so, and the  ratings indicated  do
              not  necessarily represent ratings which  would be given  to these
              securities on the date of the Portfolio's fiscal year end.
         














































                                        a - 2
<PAGE>






     Caa:  Bonds which are rated Caa are of poor standing. Such issues may be in
     default  or  there  may be  present  elements  of  danger  with respect  to
     principal or interest.

     Ca: Bonds  which are rated  Ca represent obligations  which are speculative
     in a  high degree. Such  issues are often  in default or  have other marked
     shortcomings.

     C: Bonds which are rated  C are the lowest rated class of bonds, and issues
     so  rated  can be  regarded  as  having extremely  poor  prospects of  ever
     attaining any real investment standing.

     Absence  of Rating: Where no rating has been assigned or where a rating has
     been  suspended  or  withdrawn, it  may  be for  reasons  unrelated  to the
     quality of the issue.

     Should no rating be assigned, the reason may be one of the following:

              1.  An application for rating was not received or accepted.

              2.  The  issue or  issuer  belongs to  a  group of  securities  or
                  companies that are not rated as a matter of policy.

              3.  There is a lack of  essential data pertaining to the  issue or
                  issuer.

              4.  The  issue was privately placed,  in which case  the rating is
                  not published in Moody's publications.

     Suspension  or  withdrawal may  occur  if  new and  material  circumstances
     arise, the effects of which preclude satisfactory  analysis; if there is no
     longer available  reasonable up-to-date  data to  permit a  judgment to  be
     formed; if a bond is called for redemption; or for other reasons.

     Note: Moody's  applies numerical modifiers,  1, 2,  and 3  in each  generic
     rating classification  from  Aa through  B  in  its corporate  bond  rating
     system. The modifier 1 indicates that the security ranks in the higher  end
     of its  generic  rating category;  the  modifier  2 indicates  a  mid-range
     ranking;  and the modifier  3 indicates that the  issue ranks  in the lower
     end of its generic rating category.

     Municipal Short-Term Obligations

     Ratings: Moody's  ratings for  state and  municipal short-term  obligations
     will  be  designated  Moody's  Investment  Grade  or  (MIG).   Such  rating
     recognizes the differences  between short term  credit risk  and long  term
     risk. Factors  effecting  the liquidity  of  the  borrower and  short  term
     cyclical elements are critical in  short term ratings, while  other factors
     of major  importance in  bond risk, long  term secular trends  for example,
     may be less important over the short run.



                                        a - 3
<PAGE>






     A short  term rating  may also  be assigned  on an  issue  having a  demand
     feature,  variable rate  demand  obligation (VRDO).  Such  ratings will  be
     designated as VMIG1, SG or if the demand feature  is not rated, NR. A short
     term rating  on issues with demand  features are differentiated by  the use
     of  the  VMIG1 symbol  to  reflect  such  characteristics  as payment  upon
     periodic demand rather  than fixed maturity  dates and  payment relying  on
     external liquidity.  Additionally, investors  should be alert  to the  fact
     that the source  of payment may be  limited to the external  liquidity with
     no or limited legal recourse to the issuer  in the event the demand is  not
     met.











































                                        a - 4
<PAGE>






     Commercial Paper

     Moody's commercial paper ratings are  opinions of the ability of issuers to
     repay punctually promissory obligations not having an  original maturity in
     excess of 365 days.

     Issuers (or supporting institutions) rated  Prime-1 or P-1 have  a superior
     ability for repayment  of senior short-term debt obligations. Prime-1 or P-
     1  repayment ability  will often  be  evidenced by  many  of the  following
     characteristics:

              --      Leading market positions in well established industries.
          
              --      High rates of return on funds employed.
                   
              --      Conservative   capitalization  structure   with   moderate
                      reliance on debt and ample asset protection.
                   
              --      Broad  margins  in earnings  coverage  of fixed  financial
                      charges and high internal cash generation.
                   
               --     Well-established access  to a  range of financial  markets
                      and assured sources of alternate liquidity.

     Prime-2

     Issuers (or  supporting  institutions) rated  Prime-2 (P-2)  have a  strong
     ability for  repayment of  senior  short-term debt  obligations. This  will
     normally be evidenced by many of the characteristics  cited above, but to a
     lesser degree. Earnings  trends and coverage  ratios, while  sound, may  be
     more  subject to  variation.  Capitalization characteristics,  while  still
     appropriate, may  be more affected by  external conditions. Ample alternate
     liquidity is maintained.

     Prime-3

     Issuers  (or   supporting  institutions)  rated   Prime-3  (P-3)  have   an
     acceptable  ability for  repayment of  senior  short-term obligations.  The
     effect  of industry  characteristics and  market compositions  may be  more
     pronounced.  Variability  in  earnings  and  profitability  may  result  in
     changes in  the  level of  debt  protection  measurements and  may  require
     relatively  high  financial  leverage.  Adequate  alternate  liquidity   is
     maintained.

                           Standard & Poor's Ratings Group

     Investment Grade

     AAA: Debt rated AAA  has the  highest rating assigned  by S&P. Capacity  to
     pay interest and repay principal is extremely strong.



                                        a - 5
<PAGE>






     AA: Debt  rated AA  has a very  strong capacity to  pay interest  and repay
     principal and differs from the highest rated issues only in small degree.

     A: Debt rated A  has a strong capacity to pay interest  and repay principal
     although it is somewhat more susceptible to the adverse  effects of changes
     in  circumstances  and  economic  conditions  than  debt  in  higher  rated
     categories.

     BBB: Debt  rated BBB  is regarded  as having  an adequate  capacity to  pay
     interest  and  repay  principal.  Whereas  it   normally  exhibit  adequate
     protection   parameters,   adverse   economic    conditions   or   changing
     circumstances  are  more likely  to  lead  to a  weakened  capacity  to pay
     interest  and repay  principal for  debt in  this  category than  in higher
     rated categories.

     Speculative Grade

     Debt  rated BB,  B,  CCC, CC,  and C  is  regarded as  having predominantly
     speculative characteristics with respect  to capacity  to pay interest  and
     repay principal.  BB indicates the  least degree of  speculation and C  the
     highest.  While such  debt  will likely  have  some quality  and protective
     characteristics,  these are  outweighed  by  large uncertainties  or  major
     exposures to adverse conditions.

     BB: Debt rated BB  has less near-term vulnerability  to default than  other
     speculative  issues.  However,  it faces  major  ongoing  uncertainties  or
     exposure  to adverse  business,  financial,  or economic  conditions  which
     could lead to  inadequate capacity to  meet timely  interest and  principal
     payments.  The BB rating  category is  also used  for debt  subordinated to
     senior debt that is assigned an actual or implied BBB- rating.

     B: Debt rated  B has a greater  vulnerability to default but  currently has
     the  capacity to meet interest  payments and  principal repayments. Adverse
     business, financial, or economic  conditions will likely impair capacity or
     willingness to pay interest and repay  principal. The B rating category  is
     also used for debt subordinated to senior  debt that is assigned an  actual
     or implied BB or BB- rating.

     CCC: Debt rated  CCC has a currently identifiable vulnerability to default,
     and  is  dependent   upon  favorable  business,  financial,   and  economic
     conditions to meet timely payment  of interest and repayment  of principal.
     In the event of adverse business, financial,  or economic conditions, it is
     not likely to  have the capacity to  pay interest and repay  principal. The
     CCC rating category is also used for debt  subordinated to senior debt that
     is assigned an actual or implied B or B- rating.

     CC: The rating CC is typically applied to  debt subordinated to senior debt
     which is assigned an actual or implied CCC debt rating.

     C: The rating  C is typically applied  to debt subordinated to  senior debt
     which is assigned an  actual or implied CCC- debt rating. The  C rating may


                                        a - 6
<PAGE>






     be used to  cover a situation where  a bankruptcy petition has  been filed,
     but debt service payments are continued.

     C1: The  Rating C1 is  reserved for  income bonds on  which no interest  is
     being paid.

     D: Debt rated D is in  payment default. The D rating category is used  when
     interest payments or principal  payments are not made on the date  due even
     if the  applicable grace period has  not expired, unless S&P  believes that
     such  payments will be  made during  such grace  period. The D  rating also
     will be  used upon  the filing  of a  bankruptcy petition  if debt  service
     payments are jeopardized.

     Plus (+) or Minus (-):  The ratings from AA  to CCC may be modified by  the
     addition of  a plus  or minus  sign to  show relative  standing within  the
     major rating categories.

     p: The letter "p" indicates  that the rating is provisional.  A provisional
     rating assumes the successful completion  of the project being  financed by
     the  debt  being  rated  and   indicates  that  payment  of   debt  service
     requirements  is largely  or  entirely dependent  upon  the successful  and
     timely  completion of  the project. This  rating, however, while addressing
     credit quality  subsequent to completion  of the project,  makes no comment
     on  the  likelihood  of,  or the  risk  of  default  upon  failure of  such
     completion. The investor should exercise  his own judgment with  respect to
     such likelihood and risk.

     L: The  letter "L"  indicates  that the  rating pertains  to the  principal
     amount of  those bonds to the extent that the underlying deposit collateral
     is  insured  by  the  Federal  Deposit  Insurance  Corp.  and  interest  is
     adequately  collateralized.  In the  case of  certificates of  deposit, the
     letter "L" indicates that the  deposit, combined with other  deposits being
     held in the  same right  and capacity, will  be honored  for principal  and
     accrued pre-default interest up to  the federal insurance limits  within 30
     days after  closing of the  insured institution or,  in the event that  the
     deposit is assumed by a successor insured institution, upon maturity.

     NR:  NR indicates no rating has  been requested, that there is insufficient
     information  on  which to  base  a  rating, or  that  S&P does  not  rate a
     particular type of obligation as a matter of policy.

     Municipal Notes

     S&P note ratings  reflect the liquidity  concerns and  market access  risks
     unique to notes.  Notes due in 3 years  or less will likely receive  a note
     rating. Notes maturing  beyond 3 years will most likely receive a long-term
     debt  rating.  The  following  criteria   will  be  used  in   making  that
     assessment:

              --    Amortization  schedule   (the  larger   the  final  maturity
                    relative  to  other maturities  the more  likely it  will be
                    treated as a note).

                                        a - 7
<PAGE>






              --    Sources of payment  (the more dependent the issue is  on the
                    market  for  its refinancing,  the  more likely  it will  be
                    treated as a note).

     Note rating symbols are as follows:

     SP-1:  Strong  capacity  to   pay  principal  and  interest.  Those  issues
     determined to possess very strong  characteristics will be given  a plus(+)
     designation.

     SP-2:  Satisfactory  capacity  to pay  principal  and  interest,  with some
     vulnerability to  adverse financial and  economic changes over  the term of
     the notes.

     SP-3: Speculative capacity to pay principal and interest.

     Commercial Paper

     Standard & Poor's commercial  paper ratings are a current assessment of the
     likelihood  of  timely  payment  of  debts  considered  short-term  in  the
     relevant market.

     A:  Issues assigned this highest rating are regarded as having the greatest
     capacity for  timely payment. Issues  in this category  are delineated with
     the numbers 1, 2 and 3 to indicate the relative degree of safety.

     A-1: This designation  indicates that the degree of safety regarding timely
     payment is  strong. Those  issues  determined to  possess extremely  strong
     safety characteristics are denoted with a plus (+) sign designation.

     A-2:  Capacity  for timely  payment  on  issues  with  this designation  is
     satisfactory. However, the relative degree of safety is  not as high as for
     issues designated "A-1".

     A-3: Issues  carrying this  designation have  adequate capacity for  timely
     payment.  They are,  however,  more vulnerable  to  the adverse  effects of
     changes   in   circumstances   than   obligations   carrying   the   higher
     designations.

     B:  Issues rated "B" are  regarded as having  only speculative capacity for
     timely payment.

     C:  This rating  is assigned to  short term debt  obligations with doubtful
     capacity for payment.

     D: Debt rated `D'  is in payment default.  The `D' rating category is  used
     when interest payments or principal payments are not  made on the date due,
     even if  the applicable grace period  had not expired, unless  S&P believes
     that such payments will be made during such grace period.

                            Fitch Investors Service, Inc.


                                        a - 8
<PAGE>






     Investment Grade Bond Ratings

     AAA: Bonds  considered to  be investment grade  and of  the highest  credit
     quality. The  obligor has an  exceptionally strong ability  to pay interest
     and  repay  principal, which  is  unlikely  to  be  affected by  reasonably
     foreseeable events.

     AA:  Bonds  considered to  be  investment grade  and  of  very high  credit
     quality. The obligor's ability to pay interest  and repay principal is very
     strong, although not  quite as strong as  bonds rated `AAA'. Because  bonds
     rated in the `AAA' and `AA' categories are not significantly  vulnerable to
     foreseeable  future  developments,  short-term debt  of  these  issuers  is
     generally rated `F-1+'.

     A: Bonds considered to  be investment grade and of high credit quality. The
     obligors  ability to pay  interest and repay principal  is considered to be
     strong,  but  may  be  more  vulnerable  to  adverse  changes  in  economic
     conditions and circumstances than bonds with higher ratings.

     BBB: Bonds considered  to be investment  grade and  of satisfactory  credit
     quality.  The obligor's  ability  to pay  interest  and repay  principal is
     considered  to  be adequate.  Adverse  changes in  economic  conditions and
     circumstances, however, are  more likely to  have adverse  impact on  these
     bonds,  and  therefore, impair  timely  payment.  The  likelihood that  the
     ratings of these bonds will fall below investment grade is higher than  for
     bonds with higher ratings.

     High Yield Bond Ratings

     BB:  Bonds  are  considered  speculative.  The  obligor's  ability  to  pay
     interest and repay principal may be affected  over time by adverse economic
     changes. However,  business and  financial alternatives  can be  identified
     that could assist the obligor in satisfying its debt service requirements.

     B: Bonds are considered highly speculative.  While bonds in this class  are
     currently meeting debt  service requirements, the probability  of continued
     timely  payment of principal  and interest  reflects the  obligor's limited
     margin of  safety  and  the  need  for  reasonable  business  and  economic
     activity throughout the life of the issue.

     CCC:  Bonds  have  certain  identifiable  characteristics   which,  if  not
     remedied, may lead to default. The ability  to meet obligations requires an
     advantageous business and economic environment.

     CC: Bonds  are minimally protected.  Default in payment  of interest and/or
     principal seems probable over time.

     C: Bonds are in imminent default in payment of interest or principal.

     DDD,  DD,  and  D:  Bonds  are  in  default  on interest  and/or  principal
     payments. Such  bonds are extremely speculative and should be valued on the
     basis of their  ultimate recovery value in liquidation or reorganization of

                                        a - 9
<PAGE>






     the obligor. `DDD' represents the  highest potential for recovery  on these
     bonds, and `D' represents the lowest potential for recovery.

     Plus  (+) or  Minus (-): The  ratings from AA  to C may  be modified by the
     addition of a  plus or minus  sign to indicate the  relative position of  a
     credit within the rating category.

     NR: Indicates that Fitch does not rate the specific issue.

     Conditional:  A conditional rating is premised on the successful completion
     of a project or the occurrence of a specific event.

     Investment Grade Short-Term Ratings

     Fitch's short-term  ratings apply to  debt obligations that  are payable on
     demand or  have  original  maturities  of  generally  up  to  three  years,
     including  commercial paper,  certificates of  deposit, medium-term  notes,
     and municipal and investment notes.

     F-1+: Exceptionally Strong  Credit Quality. Issues assigned this rating are
     regarded as having the strongest degree of assurance for timely payment.
        
     F-1: Very Strong  Credit Quality. Issues  assigned this  rating reflect  an
     assurance of timely  payment only slightly less in degree than issues rated
     `F-1+'.
         
     F-2: Good Credit Quality. Issues  carrying this rating have  a satisfactory
     degree of assurance for timely payment, but the margin of safety  is not as
     great as the `F-1+' and `F-1' categories.

     F-3: Fair Credit Quality. Issues carrying this  rating have characteristics
     suggesting that the  degree of assurance  for timely  payment is  adequate,
     however, near-term adverse  change could cause these securities to be rated
     below investment grade.

     * * * * * * * *

     Notes:  Bonds which are  unrated expose the investor  to risks with respect
     to  capacity to pay  interest or repay principal  which are  similar to the
     risks of lower-rated speculative bonds.  The Portfolio is dependent  on the
     Investment Adviser's  judgment, analysis and  experience in the  evaluation
     of such bonds.

              Investors  should note that the  assignment of a  rating to a bond
     by a rating  service may not reflect  the effect of recent  developments on
     the issuer's ability to make interest and principal payments.







                                        a - 10
<PAGE>







                                       PART C

     Item 24.  Financial Statements and Exhibits.
     (a)  Financial Statements
        
     The financial  statements  called for  by  this  Item are  incorporated  by
     reference into Part B and listed in Item 23 hereof.
         

     (b)  Exhibits
        
     1(a).  Declaration of Trust dated May 1, 1992 filed herewith.

     1(b).  Amendment  to Declaration  of Trust  dated  February 22,  1993 filed
            herewith.

     2.     By-Laws of the Registrant dated May 1, 1992 filed herewith.

     5.     Investment  Advisory  Agreement  between the  Registrant  and Boston
            Management and Research dated April 9, 1993 filed herewith.

     6.     Placement Agent Agreement with Eaton  Vance Distributors, Inc. dated
            April 9, 1993 filed herewith.

     8.     Custodian Agreement with Investors Bank  & Trust Company dated April
            9, 1993 filed herewith.

     13.    Investment  representation letter  of Eaton  Vance Management  dated
            January 25, 1993 filed herewith.
         
     Item 25.  Persons Controlled by or under Common Control with Registrant.
              Not applicable.

     Item 26.  Number of Holders of Securities.
        
                   (1)                     (2)
              Title of Class             Number of
                                       Record Holders
                                   as of June 30, 1995
                Interests                   4
         
     Item 27.  Indemnification.
        
              Reference  is  hereby  made  to  Article  V  of  the  Registrant's
     Declaration of Trust, filed as an Exhibit herewith.
         
              The Trustees and  officers of the Registrant and the  personnel of
     the  Registrant's  investment  adviser  are insured  under  an  errors  and
     omissions liability  insurance policy. The Registrant  and its officers are
     also insured  under the  fidelity bond  required  by Rule  17g-1 under  the
     Investment Company Act of 1940.

                                        C - 1
<PAGE>






     Item 28.  Business and Other Connections.
              To  the  knowledge  of  the Portfolio,  none  of  the trustees  or
     officers of the Portfolio's investment  adviser, except as set forth on its
     Form ADV as filed  with the Securities and Exchange Commission,  is engaged
     in any other  business, profession, vocation or employment of a substantial
     nature,  except  that  certain  trustees  and  officers  also  hold various
     positions with  and engage  in business  for affiliates  of the  investment
     adviser.

     Item 29.  Principal Underwriters.
     Not applicable.

     Item 30.  Location of Accounts and Records.
              All  applicable  accounts,  books  and  documents required  to  be
     maintained by the  Registrant by Section  31(a) of  the Investment  Company
     Act of 1940 and the Rules promulgated thereunder are in the possession  and
     custody of the Registrant's custodian,  Investors Bank & Trust  Company, 24
     Federal Street, Boston,  MA 02110 and  89 South  Street, Boston, MA  02111,
     and its  transfer agent,  The Shareholder  Services Group,  Inc., 53  State
     Street,  Boston,  MA   02104,  with  the  exception  of  certain  corporate
     documents and portfolio trading documents  which are in the  possession and
     custody  of  the  Registrant's investment  adviser  at  24 Federal  Street,
     Boston,  MA 02110.  Registrant  is informed  that all  applicable accounts,
     books  and documents  required to  be  maintained by  registered investment
     advisers  are  in the  custody  and possession  of  Registrant's investment
     adviser.

     Item 31.  Management Services.
              Not applicable.

     Item 32.  Undertakings.
              Not applicable.





















                                        C - 2
<PAGE>






        
                                     SIGNATURES
         
        
              Pursuant to  the requirements  of the  Investment Company  Act  of
     1940,  the  Registrant  has  duly  caused  this  Amendment  No.  3  to  the
     Registration Statement  on Form  N-1A to  be signed  on its  behalf by  the
     undersigned,  thereunto  duly   authorized  in  the  City  of   Boston  and
     Commonwealth of Massachusetts on this 25th day of July, 1995.
         
        
                               CONNECTICUT LIMITED MATURITY TAX FREE PORTFOLIO

                               By /s/ Thomas J. Fetter
                                  ----------------------
                                      Thomas J. Fetter
                                       President
         
<PAGE>







                                  INDEX TO EXHIBITS
        
     Exhibit No.      Description of Exhibit
                                                            
     1(a).    Declaration of Trust dated May 1, 1992 

     1(b).    Amendment to Declaration of Trust dated February 22, 1993 

     2.       By-Laws of the Registrant dated May 1, 1992 

     5.       Investment Advisory Agreement  between the  Registrant and  Boston
              Management and Research dated April 9, 1993 

     6.       Placement  Agent  Agreement with  Eaton  Vance  Distributors, Inc.
              dated April 9, 1993 

     8.       Custodian  Agreement with  Investors  Bank &  Trust  Company dated
              April 9, 1993 

     13.      Investment representation letter of  Eaton Vance Management  dated
              January 25, 1993 
         
<PAGE>














                   CONNECTICUT LIMITED MATURITY TAX FREE PORTFOLIO

                               _______________________

                                DECLARATION OF TRUST

                               Dated as of May 1, 1992
<PAGE>






                                  TABLE OF CONTENTS
                                                                            PAGE


     ARTICLE I--The Trust  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .   1

              Section 1.1      Name  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .   1
              Section 1.2      Definitions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .   1

     ARTICLE II--Trustees  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .   3

              Section 2.1      Number and Qualification  . . . . . . . . . .   3
              Section 2.2      Term and Election . . . . . . . . . . . . . .   3
              Section 2.3      Resignation, Removal and Retirement . . . . .   3
              Section 2.4      Vacancies . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .   4
              Section 2.5      Meetings  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .   4
              Section 2.6      Officers; Chairman of the Board . . . . . . .   5
              Section 2.7      By-Laws . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .   5

     ARTICLE III--Powers of Trustees . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .   5

              Section 3.1      General . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .   5
              Section 3.2      Investments . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .   6
              Section 3.3      Legal Title . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .   6
              Section 3.4      Sale and Increases of Interests . . . . . . .   7
              Section 3.5      Decreases and Redemptions of Interests  . . .   7
              Section 3.6      Borrow Money  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .   7
              Section 3.7      Delegation; Committees  . . . . . . . . . . .   7
              Section 3.8      Collection and Payment  . . . . . . . . . . .   7
              Section 3.9      Expenses  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .   7
              Section 3.10     Miscellaneous Powers  . . . . . . . . . . . .   8
              Section 3.11     Further Powers  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .   8

     ARTICLE IV--Investment Advisory, Administration and Placement Agent
                               Arrangements  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .   8

              Section 4.1      Investment Advisory, Administration and Other
                                       Arrangements  . . . . . . . . . . . .   8
              Section 4.2      Parties to Contract . . . . . . . . . . . . .   9

     ARTICLE V--Liability of Holders; Limitations of Liability of Trustees,
                               Officers, etc.  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .   9

              Section 5.1      Liability of Holders; Indemnification . . . .   9
              Section 5.2      Limitations of Liability of Trustees, Officers,
                               Employees, Agents, Independent Contractors
                                       to Third Parties  . . . . . . . . . .  10
              Section 5.3      Limitations of Liability of Trustees,
                                       Officers,Employees, Agents, 
                                       Independent Contractors
                                       to Trust, Holders, etc. . . . . . . .  10
              Section 5.4      Mandatory Indemnification . . . . . . . . . .  10

                                          i
<PAGE>






              Section 5.5      No Bond Required of Trustees  . . . . . . . .  11
              Section 5.6      No Duty of Investigation; Notice in Trust 
                                       Instruments, etc  . . . . . . . . . .  11
              Section 5.7      Reliance on Experts, etc  . . . . . . . . . .  11

     ARTICLE VI--Interests . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  12

              Section 6.1      Interests . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  12
              Section 6.2      Non-Transferability . . . . . . . . . . . . .  12
              Section 6.3      Register of Interests . . . . . . . . . . . .  12

     ARTICLE VII--Increases, Decreases And Redemptions of Interests  . . . .  12

     ARTICLE VIII--Determination of Book Capital Account Balances,
                               and Distributions . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  13

              Section 8.1      Book Capital Account Balances . . . . . . . .  13
              Section 8.2      Allocations and Distributions to Holders  . .  13
              Section 8.3      Power to Modify Foregoing Procedures  . . . .  13

     ARTICLE IX--Holders . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  13

              Section 9.1      Rights of Holders . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  13
              Section 9.2      Meetings of Holders . . . . . . . . . . . . .  13
              Section 9.3      Notice of Meetings  . . . . . . . . . . . . .  14
              Section 9.4      Record Date for Meetings, Distributions, etc.  14
              Section 9.5      Proxies, etc. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  14
              Section 9.6      Reports . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  15
              Section 9.7      Inspection of Records . . . . . . . . . . . .  15
              Section 9.8      Holder Action by Written Consent  . . . . . .  15
              Section 9.9      Notices . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  15

     ARTICLE X--Duration; Termination; Amendment; Mergers; Etc.  . . . . . .  16

              Section 10.1     Duration  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  16
              Section 10.2     Termination . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  17
              Section 10.3     Dissolution . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  17
              Section 10.4     Amendment Procedure . . . . . . . . . . . . .  18
              Section 10.5     Merger, Consolidation and Sale of Assets  . .  19
              Section 10.6     Incorporation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  19

     ARTICLE XI--Miscellaneous . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  19

              Section 11.1     Certificate of Designation; Agent for 
                                       Service of Process  . . . . . . . . .  19
              Section 11.2     Governing Law . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  19
              Section 11.3     Counterparts  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  19
              Section 11.4     Reliance by Third Parties . . . . . . . . . .  20
              Section 11.5     Provisions in Conflict With Law 
                                       or Regulations  . . . . . . . . . . .  20



                                          ii
<PAGE>






                                DECLARATION OF TRUST

                                          OF

                   CONNECTICUT LIMITED MATURITY TAX FREE PORTFOLIO
                           _______________________________

          This DECLARATION OF TRUST of Connecticut Limited Maturity Tax Free
     Portfolio is made as of the 1st day of May, 1992 by the parties signatory
     hereto, as Trustees (as defined in Section 1.2 hereof).

                                 W I T N E S S E T H:

          WHEREAS, the Trustees desire to form a trust fund under the law of
     the State of New York for the investment and reinvestment of its assets;
     and

          WHEREAS, it is proposed that the trust assets be composed of money
     and property contributed thereto by the holders of interests in the trust
     entitled to ownership rights in the trust;

          NOW, THEREFORE, the Trustees hereby declare that they will hold in
     trust all money and property contributed to the trust fund and will manage
     and dispose of the same for the benefit of the holders of interests in the
     Trust and subject to the provisions hereof, to wit:


                                      ARTICLE I

                                      The Trust

          1.1. Name.  The name of the trust created hereby (the "Trust") shall
     be Connecticut Limited Maturity Tax Free Portfolio and so far as may be
     practicable the Trustees shall conduct the Trust's activities, execute all
     documents and sue or be sued under that name, which name (and the word
     "Trust" wherever hereinafter used) shall refer to the Trustees as
     Trustees, and not individually, and shall not refer to the officers,
     employees, agents or independent contractors of the Trust or holders of
     interests in the Trust.  

          1.2. Definitions.  As used in this Declaration, the following terms
     shall have the following meanings:

          "Administrator" shall mean any party furnishing services to the Trust
     pursuant to any administration contract described in Section 4.1 hereof.

          "Book Capital Account" shall mean, for any Holder at any time, the
     Book Capital Account of the Holder for such day, determined in accordance
     with Section 8.1 hereof. 

          "Code" shall mean the U.S. Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended
     from time to time, as well as any non-superseded provisions of the U.S.

                                          1
<PAGE>






     Internal Revenue Code of 1954, as amended (or any corresponding provision
     or provisions of succeeding law).

          "Commission" shall mean the U.S. Securities and Exchange Commission.

          "Declaration" shall mean this Declaration of Trust as amended from
     time to time.  References in this Declaration to "Declaration", "hereof",
     "herein" and "hereunder" shall be deemed to refer to this Declaration
     rather than the article or section in which any such word appears.

          "Fiscal Year" shall mean an annual period determined by the Trustees
     which ends on March 31 of each year or on such other day as is permitted
     or required by the Code.

          "Holders" shall mean as of any particular time all holders of record
     of Interests in the Trust.

          "Institutional Investor(s)" shall mean any regulated investment
     company, segregated asset account, foreign investment company, common
     trust fund, group trust or other investment arrangement, whether organized
     within or without the United States of America, other than an individual,
     S corporation, partnership or grantor trust beneficially owned by any
     individual, S corporation or partnership.

          "Interest(s)" shall mean the interest of a Holder in the Trust,
     including all rights, powers and privileges accorded to Holders by this
     Declaration, which interest may be expressed as a percentage, determined
     by calculating, at such times and on such basis as the Trustees shall from
     time to time determine, the ratio of each Holder's Book Capital Account
     balance to the total of all Holders' Book Capital Account balances. 
     Reference herein to a specified percentage of, or fraction of, Interests,
     means Holders whose combined Book Capital Account balances represent such
     specified percentage or fraction of the combined Book Capital Account
     balances of all, or a specified group of, Holders.

          "Interested Person" shall have the meaning given it in the 1940 Act.

          "Investment Adviser" shall mean any party furnishing services to the
     Trust pursuant to any investment advisory contract described in Section
     4.1 hereof.

          "Majority Interests Vote" shall mean the vote, at a meeting of
     Holders, of (A) 67% or more of the Interests present or represented at
     such meeting, if Holders of more than 50% of all Interests are present or
     represented by proxy, or (B) more than 50% of all Interests, whichever is
     less.

          "Person" shall mean and include individuals, corporations,
     partnerships, trusts, associations, joint ventures and other entities,
     whether or not legal entities, and governments and agencies and political
     subdivisions thereof.


                                          2
<PAGE>






          "Redemption" shall mean the complete withdrawal of an Interest of a
     Holder the result of which is to reduce the Book Capital Account balance
     of that Holder to zero, and the term "redeem" shall mean to effect a
     Redemption.

          "Trustees" shall mean each signatory to this Declaration, so long as
     such signatory shall continue in office in accordance with the terms
     hereof, and all other individuals who at the time in question have been
     duly elected or appointed and have qualified as Trustees in accordance
     with the provisions hereof and are then in office, and reference in this
     Declaration to a Trustee or Trustees shall refer to such individual or
     individuals in their capacity as Trustees hereunder.

          "Trust Property" shall mean as of any particular time any and all
     property, real or personal, tangible or intangible, which at such time is
     owned or held by or for the account of the Trust or the Trustees.

          The "1940 Act" shall mean the U.S. Investment Company Act of 1940, as
     amended from time to time, and the rules and regulations thereunder.


                                     ARTICLE II

                                       Trustees

          2.1. Number and Qualification.  The number of Trustees shall be fixed
     from time to time by action of the Trustees taken as provided in Section
     2.5 hereof; provided, however, that the number of Trustees so fixed shall
     in no event be less than three or more than 15.  Any vacancy created by an
     increase in the number of Trustees may be filled by the appointment of an
     individual having the qualifications described in this Section 2.1 made by
     action of the Trustees taken as provided in Section 2.5 hereof.  Any such
     appointment shall not become effective, however, until the individual
     named in the written instrument of appointment shall have accepted in
     writing such appointment and agreed in writing to be bound by the terms of
     this Declaration.  No reduction in the number of Trustees shall have the
     effect of removing any Trustee from office.  Whenever a vacancy occurs,
     until such vacancy is filled as provided in Section 2.4 hereof, the
     Trustees continuing in office, regardless of their number, shall have all
     the powers granted to the Trustees and shall discharge all the duties
     imposed upon the Trustees by this Declaration.  A Trustee shall be an
     individual at least 21 years of age who is not under legal disability.

          2.2. Term and Election.  Each Trustee named herein, or elected or
     appointed prior to the first meeting of Holders, shall (except in the
     event of resignations, retirements, removals or vacancies pursuant to
     Section 2.3 or Section 2.4 hereof) hold office until a successor to such
     Trustee has been elected at such meeting and has qualified to serve as
     Trustee, as required under the 1940 Act.  Subject to the provisions of
     Section 16(a) of the 1940 Act and except as provided in Section 2.3
     hereof, each Trustee shall hold office during the lifetime of the Trust
     and until its termination as hereinafter provided.

                                          3
<PAGE>






          2.3. Resignation, Removal and Retirement.  Any Trustee may resign his
     or her trust (without need for prior or subsequent accounting) by an
     instrument in writing executed by such Trustee and delivered or mailed to
     the Chairman, if any, the President or the Secretary of the Trust and such
     resignation shall be effective upon such delivery, or at a later date
     according to the terms of the instrument.  Any Trustee may be removed by
     the affirmative vote of Holders of two-thirds of the Interests or
     (provided the aggregate number of Trustees, after such removal and after
     giving effect to any appointment made to fill the vacancy created by such
     removal, shall not be less than the number required by Section 2.1 hereof)
     with cause, by the action of two-thirds of the remaining Trustees. 
     Removal with cause includes, but is not limited to, the removal of a
     Trustee due to physical or mental incapacity or failure to comply with
     such written policies as from time to time may be adopted by at least
     two-thirds of the Trustees with respect to the conduct of the Trustees and
     attendance at meetings.  Any Trustee who has attained a mandatory
     retirement age, if any, established pursuant to any written policy adopted
     from time to time by at least two-thirds of the Trustees shall,
     automatically and without action by such Trustee or the remaining
     Trustees, be deemed to have retired in accordance with the terms of such
     policy, effective as of the date determined in accordance with such
     policy.  Any Trustee who has become incapacitated by illness or injury as
     determined by a majority of the other Trustees, may be retired by written
     instrument executed by a majority of the other Trustees, specifying the
     date of such Trustee's retirement.  Upon the resignation, retirement or
     removal of a Trustee, or a Trustee otherwise ceasing to be a Trustee, such
     resigning, retired, removed or former Trustee shall execute and deliver
     such documents as the remaining Trustees shall require for the purpose of
     conveying to the Trust or the remaining Trustees any Trust Property held
     in the name of such resigning, retired, removed or former Trustee.  Upon
     the death of any Trustee or upon removal, retirement or resignation due to
     any Trustee's incapacity to serve as Trustee, the legal representative of
     such deceased, removed, retired or resigning Trustee shall execute and
     deliver on behalf of such deceased, removed, retired or resigning Trustee
     such documents as the remaining Trustees shall require for the purpose set
     forth in the preceding sentence.

          2.4. Vacancies.  The term of office of a Trustee shall terminate and
     a vacancy shall occur in the event of the death, resignation, retirement,
     adjudicated incompetence or other incapacity to perform the duties of the
     office, or removal, of a Trustee.  No such vacancy shall operate to annul
     this Declaration or to revoke any existing agency created pursuant to the
     terms of this Declaration.  In the case of a vacancy, Holders of at least
     a majority of the Interests entitled to vote, acting at any meeting of
     Holders held in accordance with Section 9.2 hereof, or, to the extent
     permitted by the 1940 Act, a majority vote of the Trustees continuing in
     office acting by written instrument or instruments, may fill such vacancy,
     and any Trustee so elected by the Trustees or the Holders shall hold
     office as provided in this Declaration.

          2.5. Meetings.  Meetings of the Trustees shall be held from time to
     time upon the call of the Chairman, if any, the President, the Secretary,

                                          4
<PAGE>






     an Assistant Secretary or any two Trustees, at such time, on such day and
     at such place, as shall be designated in the notice of the meeting.  The
     Trustees shall hold an annual meeting for the election of officers and the
     transaction of other business which may come before such meeting.  Regular
     meetings of the Trustees may be held without call or notice at a time and
     place fixed by the By-Laws or by resolution of the Trustees.  Notice of
     any other meeting shall be given by mail, by telegram (which term shall
     include a cablegram), by telecopier or delivered personally (which term
     shall include by telephone).  If notice is given by mail, it shall be
     mailed not later than 48 hours preceding the meeting and if given by
     telegram, telecopier or personally, such notice shall be sent or delivery
     made not later than 24 hours preceding the meeting.  Notice of a meeting
     of Trustees may be waived before or after any meeting by signed written
     waiver.  Neither the business to be transacted at, nor the purpose of, any
     meeting of the Trustees need be stated in the notice or waiver of notice
     of such meeting.  The attendance of a Trustee at a meeting shall
     constitute a waiver of notice of such meeting except in the situation in
     which a Trustee attends a meeting for the express purpose of objecting, at
     the commencement of such meeting, to the transaction of any business on
     the ground that the meeting was not lawfully called or convened.  The
     Trustees may act with or without a meeting, but no notice need be given of
     action proposed to be taken by written consent.  A quorum for all meetings
     of the Trustees shall be a majority of the Trustees.  Unless provided
     otherwise in this Declaration, any action of the Trustees may be taken at
     a meeting by vote of a majority of the Trustees present (a quorum being
     present) or without a meeting by written consent of a majority of the
     Trustees.

          Any committee of the Trustees, including an executive committee, if
     any, may act with or without a meeting.  A quorum for all meetings of any
     such committee shall be a majority of the members thereof.  Unless
     provided otherwise in this Declaration, any action of any such committee
     may be taken at a meeting by vote of a majority of the members present (a
     quorum being present) or without a meeting by written consent of a
     majority of the members.

          With respect to actions of the Trustees and any committee of the
     Trustees, Trustees who are Interested Persons of the Trust or otherwise
     interested in any action to be taken may be counted for quorum purposes
     under this Section 2.5 and shall be entitled to vote to the extent
     permitted by the 1940 Act.

          All or any one or more Trustees may participate in a meeting of the
     Trustees or any committee thereof by means of a conference telephone or
     similar communications equipment by means of which all individuals
     participating in the meeting can hear each other and participation in a
     meeting by means of such communications equipment shall constitute
     presence in person at such meeting.

          2.6. Officers; Chairman of the Board.  The Trustees shall, from time
     to time, elect a President, a Secretary and a Treasurer.  The Trustees may
     elect or appoint, from time to time, a Chairman of the Board who shall

                                          5
<PAGE>






     preside at all meetings of the Trustees and carry out such other duties as
     the Trustees may designate.  The Trustees may elect or appoint or
     authorize the President to appoint such other officers, agents or
     independent contractors with such powers as the Trustees may deem to be
     advisable.  The Chairman, if any, shall be and each other officer may, but
     need not, be a Trustee.

          2.7. By-Laws.  The Trustees may adopt and, from time to time, amend
     or repeal By-Laws for the conduct of the business of the Trust.


                                     ARTICLE III

                                  Powers of Trustees

          3.1. General.  The Trustees shall have exclusive and absolute control
     over the Trust Property and over the business of the Trust to the same
     extent as if the Trustees were the sole owners of the Trust Property and
     such business in their own right, but with such powers of delegation as
     may be permitted by this Declaration.  The Trustees may perform such acts
     as in their sole discretion they deem proper for conducting the business
     of the Trust.  The enumeration of or failure to mention any specific power
     herein shall not be construed as limiting such exclusive and absolute
     control.  The powers of the Trustees may be exercised without order of or
     resort to any court.

          3.2. Investments.  The Trustees shall have power to:

               (a)  conduct, operate and carry on the business of an investment
     company;

               (b)  subscribe for, invest in, reinvest in, purchase or
     otherwise acquire, hold, pledge, sell, assign, transfer, exchange,
     distribute or otherwise deal in or dispose of U.S. and foreign currencies
     and related instruments including forward contracts, and securities,
     including common and preferred stock, warrants, bonds, debentures, time
     notes and all other evidences of indebtedness, negotiable or non-
     negotiable instruments, obligations, certificates of deposit or
     indebtedness, commercial paper, repurchase agreements, reverse repurchase
     agreements, convertible securities, forward contracts, options, futures
     contracts, and other securities, including, without limitation, those
     issued, guaranteed or sponsored by any state, territory or possession of
     the United States and the District of Columbia and their political
     subdivisions, agencies and instrumentalities, or by the U.S. Government,
     any foreign government, or any agency, instrumentality or political
     subdivision of the U.S. Government or any foreign government, or any
     international instrumentality, or by any bank, savings institution,
     corporation or other business entity organized under the laws of the
     United States or under any foreign laws; and to exercise any and all
     rights, powers and privileges of ownership or interest in respect of any
     and all such  investments of any kind and description, including, without
     limitation, the right to consent and otherwise act with respect thereto,

                                          6
<PAGE>






     with power to designate one or more Persons to exercise any of such
     rights, powers and privileges in respect of any of such investments; and
     the Trustees shall be deemed to have the foregoing powers with respect to
     any additional instruments in which the Trustees may determine to invest.

          The Trustees shall not be limited to investing in obligations
     maturing before the possible termination of the Trust, nor shall the
     Trustees be limited by any law limiting the investments which may be made
     by fiduciaries.

          3.3. Legal Title.  Legal title to all Trust Property shall be vested
     in the Trustees as joint tenants except that the Trustees shall have the
     power to cause legal title to any Trust Property to be held by or in the
     name of one or more of the Trustees, or in the name of the Trust, or in
     the name or nominee name of any other Person on behalf of the Trust, on
     such terms as the Trustees may determine.

          The right, title and interest of the Trustees in the Trust Property
     shall vest automatically in each individual who may hereafter become a
     Trustee upon his due election and qualification.  Upon the resignation,
     removal or death of a Trustee, such resigning, removed or deceased Trustee
     shall automatically cease to have any right, title or interest in any
     Trust Property, and the right, title and interest of such resigning,
     removed or deceased Trustee in the Trust Property shall vest automatically
     in the remaining Trustees.  Such vesting and cessation of title shall be
     effective whether or not conveyancing documents have been executed and
     delivered.

          3.4. Sale and Increases of Interests.  The Trustees, in their
     discretion, may, from time to time, without a vote of the Holders, permit
     any Institutional Investor to purchase an Interest, or increase its
     Interest, for such type of consideration, including cash or property, at
     such time or times (including, without limitation, each business day), and
     on such terms as the Trustees may deem best, and may in such manner
     acquire other assets (including the acquisition of assets subject to, and
     in connection with the assumption of, liabilities) and businesses. 
     Individuals, S corporations, partnerships and grantor trusts that are
     beneficially owned by any individual, S corporation or partnership may not
     purchase Interests.  A Holder which has redeemed its Interest may not be
     permitted to purchase an Interest until the later of 60 calendar days
     after the date of such Redemption or the first day of the Fiscal Year next
     succeeding the Fiscal Year during which such Redemption occurred.

          3.5  Decreases and Redemptions of Interests.  Subject to Article VII
     hereof, the Trustees, in their discretion, may, from time to time, without
     a vote of the Holders, permit a Holder to redeem its Interest, or decrease
     its Interest, for either cash or property, at such time or times
     (including, without limitation, each business day), and on such terms as
     the Trustees may deem best.

          3.6. Borrow Money.  The Trustees shall have power to borrow money or
     otherwise obtain credit and to secure the same by mortgaging, pledging or

                                          7
<PAGE>






     otherwise subjecting as security the assets of the Trust, including the
     lending of portfolio securities, and to endorse, guarantee, or undertake
     the performance of any obligation, contract or engagement of any other
     Person.

          3.7. Delegation; Committees.  The Trustees shall have power,
     consistent with their continuing exclusive and absolute control over the
     Trust Property and over the business of the Trust, to delegate from time
     to time to such of their number or to officers, employees, agents or
     independent contractors of the Trust the doing of such things and the
     execution of such instruments in either the name of the Trust or the names
     of the Trustees or otherwise as the Trustees may deem expedient.

          3.8. Collection and Payment.  The Trustees shall have power to
     collect all property due to the Trust; and to pay all claims, including
     taxes, against the Trust Property; to prosecute, defend, compromise or
     abandon any claims relating to the Trust or the Trust Property; to
     foreclose any security interest securing any obligation, by virtue of
     which any property is owed to the Trust; and to enter into releases,
     agreements and other instruments.

          3.9. Expenses.  The Trustees shall have power to incur and pay any
     expenses which in the opinion of the Trustees are necessary or incidental
     to carry out any of the purposes of this Declaration, and to pay
     reasonable compensation from the Trust Property to themselves as Trustees. 
     The Trustees shall fix the compensation of all officers, employees and
     Trustees.  The Trustees may pay themselves such compensation for special
     services, including legal and brokerage services, as they in good faith
     may deem reasonable, and reimbursement for expenses reasonably incurred by
     themselves on behalf of the Trust.

          3.10.     Miscellaneous Powers.  The Trustees shall have power to: 
     (a) employ or contract with such Persons as the Trustees may deem
     appropriate for the transaction of the business of the Trust and terminate
     such employees or contractual relationships as they consider appropriate;
     (b) enter into joint ventures, partnerships and any other combinations or
     associations; (c) purchase, and pay for out of Trust Property, insurance
     policies insuring the Investment Adviser, Administrator, placement agent,
     Holders, Trustees, officers, employees, agents or independent contractors
     of the Trust against all claims arising by reason of holding any such
     position or by reason of any action taken or omitted by any such Person in
     such capacity, whether or not the Trust would have the power to indemnify
     such Person against such liability; (d) establish pension, profit-sharing
     and other retirement, incentive and benefit plans for the Trustees,
     officers, employees or agents of the Trust; (e) make donations,
     irrespective of benefit to the Trust, for charitable, religious,
     educational, scientific, civic or similar purposes; (f) to the extent
     permitted by law, indemnify any Person with whom the Trust has dealings,
     including the Investment Adviser, Administrator, placement agent, Holders,
     Trustees, officers, employees, agents or independent contractors of the
     Trust, to such extent as the Trustees shall determine;  (g) guarantee
     indebtedness or contractual obligations of others; (h) determine and

                                          8
<PAGE>






     change the Fiscal Year and the method by which the accounts of the Trust
     shall be kept; and (i) adopt a seal for the Trust, but the absence of such
     a seal shall not impair the validity of any instrument executed on behalf
     of the Trust.

          3.11.     Further Powers.  The Trustees shall have power to conduct
     the business of the Trust and carry on its operations in any and all of
     its branches and maintain offices, whether within or without the State of
     New York, in any and all states of the United States of America, in the
     District of Columbia, and in any and all commonwealths, territories,
     dependencies, colonies, possessions, agencies or instrumentalities of the
     United States of America and of foreign governments, and to do all such
     other things and execute all such instruments as they deem necessary,
     proper, appropriate or desirable in order to promote the interests of the
     Trust although such things are not herein specifically mentioned. Any
     determination as to what is in the interests of the Trust which is made by
     the Trustees in good faith shall be conclusive.  In construing the
     provisions of this Declaration, the presumption shall be in favor of a
     grant of power to the Trustees.  The Trustees shall not be required to
     obtain any court order in order to deal with Trust Property.


                                     ARTICLE IV

                         Investment Advisory, Administration
                           and Placement Agent Arrangements

          4.1. Investment Advisory, Administration and Other Arrangements.  The
     Trustees may in their discretion, from time to time, enter into investment
     advisory contracts, administration contracts or placement agent agreements
     whereby the other party to such contract or agreement shall undertake to
     furnish the Trustees such investment advisory, administration, placement
     agent and/or other services as the Trustees shall, from time to time,
     consider appropriate or desirable and all upon such terms and conditions
     as the Trustees may in their sole discretion determine.  Notwithstanding
     any provision of this Declaration, the Trustees may authorize any
     Investment Adviser (subject to such general or specific instructions as
     the Trustees may, from time to time, adopt) to effect purchases, sales,
     loans or exchanges of Trust Property on behalf of the Trustees or may
     authorize any officer, employee or Trustee to effect such purchases,
     sales, loans or exchanges pursuant to recommendations of any such
     Investment Adviser (all without any further action by the Trustees).  Any
     such purchase, sale, loan or exchange shall be deemed to have been
     authorized by the Trustees.

          4.2. Parties to Contract.  Any contract of the character described in
     Section 4.1 hereof or in the By-Laws of the Trust may be entered into with
     any corporation, firm, trust or association, although one or more of the
     Trustees or officers of the Trust may be an officer, director, Trustee,
     shareholder or member of such other party to the contract, and no such
     contract shall be invalidated or rendered voidable by reason of the
     existence of any such relationship, nor shall any individual holding such

                                          9
<PAGE>






     relationship be liable merely by reason of such relationship for any loss
     or expense to the Trust under or by reason of any such contract or
     accountable for any profit realized directly or indirectly therefrom,
     provided that the contract when entered into was reasonable and fair and
     not inconsistent with the provisions of this Article IV or the By-Laws of
     the Trust.  The same Person may be the other party to one or more
     contracts entered into pursuant to Section 4.1 hereof or the By-Laws of
     the Trust, and any individual may be financially interested or otherwise
     affiliated with Persons who are parties to any or all of the contracts
     mentioned in this Section 4.2 or in the By-Laws of the Trust.


                                      ARTICLE V

                        Liability of Holders; Limitations of 
                        Liability of Trustees, Officers, etc.

          5.1. Liability of Holders; Indemnification.  Each Holder shall be
     jointly and severally liable (with rights of contribution inter se in
     proportion to their respective Interests in the Trust) for the liabilities
     and obligations of the Trust in the event that the Trust fails to satisfy
     such liabilities and obligations; provided, however, that, to the extent
     assets are available in the Trust, the Trust shall indemnify and hold each
     Holder harmless from and against any claim or liability to which such
     Holder may become subject by reason of being or having been a Holder to
     the extent that such claim or liability imposes on the Holder an
     obligation or liability which, when compared to the obligations and
     liabilities imposed on other Holders, is greater than such Holder's
     Interest (proportionate share), and shall reimburse such Holder for all
     legal and other expenses reasonably incurred by such Holder in connection
     with any such claim or liability.  The rights accruing to a Holder under
     this Section 5.1 shall not exclude any other right to which such Holder
     may be lawfully entitled, nor shall anything contained herein restrict the
     right of the Trust to indemnify or reimburse a Holder in any appropriate
     situation even though not specifically provided herein.  Notwithstanding
     the indemnification procedure described above, it is intended that each
     Holder shall remain jointly and severally liable to the Trust's creditors
     as a legal matter.

          5.2.  Limitations of Liability of Trustees, Officers, Employees,
     Agents, Independent Contractors to Third Parties.  No Trustee, officer,
     employee, agent or independent contractor (except in the case of an agent
     or independent contractor to the extent expressly provided by written
     contract) of the Trust shall be subject to any personal liability
     whatsoever to any Person, other than the Trust or the Holders, in
     connection with Trust Property or the affairs of the Trust; and all such
     Persons shall look solely to the Trust Property for satisfaction of claims
     of any nature against a Trustee, officer, employee, agent or independent
     contractor (except in the case of an agent or independent contractor to
     the extent expressly provided by written contract) of the Trust arising in
     connection with the affairs of the Trust.


                                          10
<PAGE>






          5.3. Limitations of Liability of Trustees, Officers, Employees,
     Agents, Independent Contractors to Trust, Holders, etc.  No Trustee,
     officer, employee, agent or independent contractor (except in the case of
     an agent or independent contractor to the extent expressly provided by
     written contract) of the Trust shall be liable to the Trust or the Holders
     for any action or failure to act (including, without limitation, the
     failure to compel in any way any former or acting Trustee to redress any
     breach of trust) except for such Person's own bad faith, willful
     misfeasance, gross negligence or reckless disregard of such Person's
     duties.

          5.4. Mandatory Indemnification.  The Trust shall indemnify, to the
     fullest extent permitted by law (including the 1940 Act), each Trustee,
     officer, employee, agent or independent contractor (except in the case of
     an agent or independent contractor to the extent expressly provided by
     written contract) of the Trust (including any Person who serves at the
     Trust's request as a director, officer or trustee of another organization
     in which the Trust has any interest as a shareholder, creditor or
     otherwise) against all liabilities and expenses (including amounts paid in
     satisfaction of judgments, in compromise, as fines and penalties, and as
     counsel fees) reasonably incurred by such Person in connection with the
     defense or disposition of any action, suit or other proceeding, whether
     civil or criminal, in which such Person may be involved or with which such
     Person may be threatened, while in office or thereafter, by reason of such
     Person being or having been such a Trustee, officer, employee, agent or
     independent contractor, except with respect to any matter as to which such
     Person shall have been adjudicated to have acted in bad faith, willful
     misfeasance, gross negligence or reckless disregard of such Person's
     duties; provided, however, that as to any matter disposed of by a
     compromise payment by such Person, pursuant to a consent decree or
     otherwise, no indemnification either for such payment or for any other
     expenses shall be provided unless there has been a determination that such
     Person did not engage in willful misfeasance, bad faith, gross negligence
     or reckless disregard of the duties involved in the conduct of such
     Person's office by the court or other body approving the settlement or
     other disposition or by a reasonable determination, based upon a review of
     readily available facts (as opposed to a full trial-type inquiry), that
     such Person did not engage in such conduct by written opinion from
     independent legal counsel approved by the Trustees.  The rights accruing
     to any Person under these provisions shall not exclude any other right to
     which such Person may be lawfully entitled; provided that no Person may
     satisfy any right of indemnity or reimbursement granted in this Section
     5.4 or in Section 5.2 hereof or to which such Person may be otherwise
     entitled except out of the Trust Property.  The Trustees may make advance
     payments in connection with indemnification under this Section 5.4,
     provided that the indemnified Person shall have given a written
     undertaking to reimburse the Trust in the event it is subsequently
     determined that such Person is not entitled to such indemnification.

          5.5. No Bond Required of Trustees.  No Trustee shall, as such, be
     obligated to give any bond or surety or other security for the performance
     of any of such Trustee's duties hereunder.

                                          11
<PAGE>






          5.6. No Duty of Investigation; Notice in Trust Instruments, etc.  No
     purchaser, lender or other Person dealing with any Trustee, officer,
     employee, agent or independent contractor of the Trust shall be bound to
     make any inquiry concerning the validity of any transaction purporting to
     be made by such Trustee, officer, employee, agent or independent
     contractor or be liable for the application of money or property paid,
     loaned or delivered to or on the order of such Trustee, officer, employee,
     agent or independent contractor.  Every obligation, contract, instrument,
     certificate or other interest or undertaking of the Trust, and every other
     act or thing whatsoever executed in connection with the Trust shall be
     conclusively taken to have been executed or done by the executors thereof
     only in their capacity as Trustees, officers, employees, agents or
     independent contractors of the Trust.  Every written obligation, contract,
     instrument, certificate or other interest or undertaking of the Trust made
     or sold by any Trustee, officer, employee, agent or independent contractor
     of the Trust, in such capacity, shall contain an appropriate recital to
     the effect that the Trustee, officer, employee, agent or independent
     contractor of the Trust shall not personally be bound by or liable
     thereunder, nor shall resort be had to their private property for the
     satisfaction of any obligation or claim thereunder, and appropriate
     references shall be made therein to the Declaration, and may contain any
     further recital which they may deem appropriate, but the omission of such
     recital shall not operate to impose personal liability on any Trustee,
     officer, employee, agent or independent contractor of the Trust.  Subject
     to the provisions of the 1940 Act, the Trust may maintain insurance for
     the protection of the Trust Property, the Holders, and the Trustees,
     officers, employees, agents and independent contractors  of the Trust in
     such amount as the Trustees shall deem adequate to cover possible tort
     liability, and such other insurance as the Trustees in their sole judgment
     shall deem advisable.

          5.7. Reliance on Experts, etc.  Each Trustee, officer, employee,
     agent or independent contractor of the Trust shall, in the performance of
     such Person's duties, be fully and completely justified and protected with
     regard to any act or any failure to act resulting from reliance in good
     faith upon the books of account or other records of the Trust (whether or
     not the Trust would have the power to indemnify such Persons against such
     liability), upon an opinion of counsel, or upon reports made to the Trust
     by any of its officers or employees or by any Investment Adviser or
     Administrator, accountant, appraiser or other experts or consultants
     selected with reasonable care by the Trustees, officers or employees of
     the Trust, regardless of whether such counsel or expert may also be a
     Trustee.


                                     ARTICLE VI

                                      Interests

          6.1. Interests.  The beneficial interest in the Trust Property shall
     consist of non-transferable Interests.  The Interests shall be personal
     property giving only the rights in this Declaration specifically set

                                          12
<PAGE>






     forth.  The value of an Interest shall be equal to the Book Capital
     Account balance of the Holder of the Interest.

          6.2. Non-Transferability.  A Holder may not transfer, sell or
     exchange its Interest.

          6.3. Register of Interests.  A register shall be kept at the Trust
     under the direction of the Trustees which shall contain the name, address
     and Book Capital Account balance of each Holder.  Such register shall be
     conclusive as to the identity of the Holders, and the Trust shall not be
     bound to recognize any equitable or legal claim to or interest in an
     Interest which is not contained in such register.  No Holder shall be
     entitled to receive payment of any distribution, nor to have notice given
     to it as herein provided, until it has given its address to such officer
     or agent of the Trust as is keeping such register for entry thereon.


                                     ARTICLE VII

                  Increases, Decreases And Redemptions of Interests

          Subject to applicable law, to the provisions of this Declaration and
     to such restrictions as may from time to time be adopted by the Trustees,
     each Holder shall have the right to vary its investment in the Trust at
     any time without limitation by increasing (through a capital contribution)
     or decreasing (through a capital withdrawal) or by a Redemption of its
     Interest.  An increase in the investment of a Holder in the Trust shall be
     reflected as an increase in the Book Capital Account balance of that
     Holder and a decrease in the investment of a Holder in the Trust or the
     Redemption of the Interest of a Holder shall be reflected as a decrease in
     the Book Capital Account balance of that Holder.  The Trust shall, upon
     appropriate and adequate notice from any Holder increase, decrease or
     redeem such Holder's Interest for an amount determined by the application
     of a formula adopted for such purpose by resolution of the Trustees;
     provided that (a) the amount received by the Holder upon any such decrease
     or Redemption shall not exceed the decrease in the Holder's Book Capital
     Account balance effected by such decrease or Redemption of its Interest,
     and (b) if so authorized by the Trustees, the Trust may, at any time and
     from time to time, charge fees for effecting any such decrease or
     Redemption, at such rates as the Trustees may establish, and may, at any
     time and from time to time, suspend such right of decrease or Redemption. 
     The procedures for effecting decreases or Redemptions shall be as
     determined by the Trustees from time to time.










                                          13
<PAGE>






                                     ARTICLE VIII

                        Determination of Book Capital Account
                              Balances and Distributions


          8.1. Book Capital Account Balances.  The Book Capital Account balance
     of each Holder shall be determined on such days and at such time or times
     as the Trustees may determine.  The Trustees shall adopt resolutions
     setting forth the method of determining the Book Capital Account balance
     of each Holder.  The power and duty to make calculations pursuant to such
     resolutions may be delegated by the Trustees to the Investment Adviser,
     Administrator, custodian, or such other Person as the Trustees may
     determine.  Upon the Redemption of an Interest, the Holder of that
     Interest shall be entitled to receive the balance of its Book Capital
     Account.  A Holder may not transfer, sell or exchange its Book Capital
     Account balance.

          8.2. Allocations and Distributions to Holders.  The Trustees shall,
     in compliance with the Code, the 1940 Act and generally accepted
     accounting principles, establish the procedures by which the Trust shall
     make (i) the allocation of unrealized gains and losses, taxable income and
     tax loss, and profit and loss, or any item or items thereof, to each
     Holder, (ii) the payment of distributions, if any, to Holders, and
     (iii) upon liquidation, the final distribution of items of taxable income
     and expense.  Such procedures shall be set forth in writing and be
     furnished to the Trust's accountants. The Trustees may amend the
     procedures adopted pursuant to this Section 8.2 from time to time.  The
     Trustees may retain from the net profits such amount as they may deem
     necessary to pay the liabilities and expenses of the Trust, to meet
     obligations of the Trust, and as they may deem desirable to use in the
     conduct of the affairs of the Trust or to retain for future requirements
     or extensions of the business.

          8.3. Power to Modify Foregoing Procedures.  Notwithstanding any of
     the foregoing provisions of this Article VIII, the Trustees may prescribe,
     in their absolute discretion, such other bases and times for determining
     the net income of the Trust, the allocation of income of the Trust, the
     Book Capital Account balance of each Holder, or the payment of
     distributions to the Holders as they may deem necessary or desirable to
     enable the Trust to comply with any provision of the 1940 Act or any order
     of exemption issued by the Commission or with the Code.


                                     ARTICLE IX

                                       Holders

          9.1. Rights of Holders.  The ownership of the Trust Property and the
     right to conduct any business described herein are vested exclusively in
     the Trustees, and the Holders shall have no right or title therein other
     than the beneficial interest conferred by their Interests and they shall

                                          14
<PAGE>






     have no power or right to call for any partition or division of any Trust
     Property. 

          9.2. Meetings of Holders.  Meetings of Holders may be called at any
     time by a majority of the Trustees and shall be called by any Trustee upon
     written request of Holders holding, in the aggregate, not less than 10% of
     the Interests, such request specifying the purpose or purposes for which
     such meeting is to be called.  Any such meeting shall be held within or
     without the State of New York and within or without the United States of
     America on such day and at such time as the Trustees shall designate. 
     Holders of one-third of the Interests, present in person or by proxy,
     shall constitute a quorum for the transaction of any business, except as
     may otherwise be required by the 1940 Act, other applicable law, this
     Declaration or the By-Laws of the Trust.  If a quorum is present at a
     meeting, an affirmative vote of the Holders present, in person or by
     proxy, holding more than 50% of the total Interests of the Holders
     present, either in person or by proxy, at such meeting constitutes the
     action of the Holders, unless a greater number of affirmative votes is
     required by the 1940 Act, other applicable law, this Declaration or the
     By-Laws of the Trust.  All or any one of more Holders may participate in a
     meeting of Holders by means of a conference telephone or similar
     communications equipment by means of which all persons participating in
     the meeting can hear each other and participation in a meeting by means of
     such communications equipment shall constitute presence in person at such
     meeting.

          9.3. Notice of Meetings.  Notice of each meeting of Holders, stating
     the time, place and purposes of the meeting, shall be given by the
     Trustees by mail to each Holder, at its registered address, mailed at
     least 10 days and not more than 60 days before the meeting.  Notice of any
     meeting may be waived in writing by any Holder either before or after such
     meeting.  The attendance of a Holder at a meeting shall constitute a
     waiver of notice of such meeting except in the situation in which a Holder
     attends a meeting for the express purpose of objecting to the transaction
     of any business on the ground that the meeting was not lawfully called or
     convened.  At any meeting, any business properly before the meeting may be
     considered whether or not stated in the notice of the meeting.  Any
     adjourned meeting may be held as adjourned without further notice.

          9.4. Record Date for Meetings, Distributions, etc.  For the purpose
     of determining the Holders who are entitled to notice of and to vote or
     act at any meeting, including any adjournment thereof, or to participate
     in any distribution, or for the purpose of any other action, the Trustees
     may from time to time fix a date, not more than 90 days prior to the date
     of any meeting of Holders or the payment of any distribution or the taking
     of any other action, as the case may be, as a record date for the
     determination of the Persons to be treated as Holders for such purpose. 
     If the Trustees do not, prior to any meeting of the Holders, so fix a
     record date, then the date of mailing notice of the meeting shall be the
     record date.



                                          15
<PAGE>






          9.5. Proxies, etc.  At any meeting of Holders, any Holder entitled to
     vote thereat may vote by proxy, provided that no proxy shall be voted at
     any meeting unless it shall have been placed on file with the Secretary,
     or with such other officer or agent of the Trust as the Secretary may
     direct, for verification prior to the time at which such vote is to be
     taken.  A proxy may be revoked by a Holder at any time before it has been
     exercised by placing on file with the Secretary, or with such other
     officer or agent of the Trust as the Secretary may direct, a later dated
     proxy or written revocation.  Pursuant to a resolution of a majority of
     the Trustees, proxies may be solicited in the name of the Trust or of one
     or more Trustees or of one or more officers of the Trust. Only Holders on
     the record date shall be entitled to vote.  Each such Holder shall be
     entitled to a vote proportionate to its Interest.  When an Interest is
     held jointly by several Persons, any one of them may vote at any meeting
     in person or by proxy in respect of such Interest, but if more than one of
     them is present at such meeting in person or by proxy, and such joint
     owners or their proxies so present disagree as to any vote to be cast,
     such vote shall not be received in respect of such Interest.  A proxy
     purporting to be executed by or on behalf of a Holder shall be deemed
     valid unless challenged at or prior to its exercise, and the burden of
     proving invalidity shall rest on the challenger.  No proxy shall be valid
     after one year from the date of execution, unless a longer period is
     expressly stated in such proxy.  The Trust may also permit a Holder to
     authorize and empower individuals named as proxies on any form of proxy
     solicited by the Trustees to vote that Holder's Interest on any matter by
     recording his voting instructions on any recording device maintained for
     that purpose by the Trust or its agent, provided the Holder complies with
     such procedures as the Trustees may designate to be necessary or
     appropriate to determine the authenticity of the voting instructions so
     recorded; such instructions shall be deemed to constitute a written proxy
     signed by the Holder and delivered to the Trust and shall be deemed to be
     dated as of the date such instructions were transmitted, and the Holder
     shall be deemed to have approved and ratified all actions taken by such
     proxies in accordance with the voting instructions so recorded.

          9.6. Reports.  The Trustees shall cause to be prepared and furnished
     to each Holder, at least annually as of the end of each Fiscal Year, a
     report of operations containing a balance sheet and a statement of income
     of the Trust prepared in conformity with generally accepted accounting
     principles and an opinion of an independent public accountant on such
     financial statements.  The Trustees shall, in addition, furnish to each
     Holder at least semi-annually interim reports of operations containing an
     unaudited balance sheet as of the end of such period and an unaudited
     statement of income for the period from the beginning of the then-current
     Fiscal Year to the end of such period.

          9.7. Inspection of Records.  The books and records of the Trust shall
     be open to inspection by Holders during normal business hours for any
     purpose not harmful to the Trust.

          9.8. Holder Action by Written Consent.  Any action which may be taken
     by Holders may be taken without a meeting if Holders holding more than 50%

                                          16
<PAGE>






     of all Interests entitled to vote (or such larger proportion thereof as
     shall be required by any express provision of this Declaration) consent to
     the action in writing and the written consents are filed with the records
     of the meetings of Holders.  Such consents shall be treated for all
     purposes as a vote taken at a meeting of Holders.  Each such written
     consent shall be executed by or on behalf of the Holder delivering such
     consent and shall bear the date of such execution.  No such written
     consent shall be effective to take the action referred to therein unless,
     within one year of the earliest dated consent, written consents executed
     by a sufficient number of Holders to take such action are filed with the
     records of the meetings of Holders.

          9.9. Notices.  Any and all communications, including any and all
     notices to which any Holder may be entitled, shall be deemed duly served
     or given if mailed, postage prepaid, addressed to a Holder at its last
     known address as recorded on the register of the Trust.


                                      ARTICLE X

                                Duration; Termination;
                               Amendment; Mergers; Etc.

          10.1.     Duration.  Subject to possible termination or dissolution
     in accordance with the provisions of Section 10.2 and Section 10.3 hereof,
     respectively, the Trust created hereby shall continue until the expiration
     of 20 years after the death of the last survivor of the initial Trustees
     named herein and the following named persons:
     <TABLE>
     <CAPTION>
                                                                                        Date of
              Name                          Address                                      Birth 

     <S>                                    <C>                                   <C>
     Cassius Marcellus Cornelius            742 Old Dublin Road                   November 9, 1990
      Clay                                  Hancock, NH  03449

     Sara Briggs Sullivan                   1308 Rhodes Street                    September 17, 1990
                                            Dubois, WY  82513

     Myles Bailey Rawson                    Winhall Hollow Road                   May 13, 1990
                                            R.R. #1, Box 178B
                                            Bondville, VT  05340

     Zeben Curtis Kopchak                   Box 1126                              October 31, 1989
                                            Cordova, AK  99574

     Landon Harris Clay                     742 Old Dublin Road                   February 15, 1989
                                            Hancock, NH  03449

     Kelsey Ann Sullivan                    1308 Rhodes Street                    May 1, 1988
                                            Dubois, WY  82513

                                                                      17
<PAGE>






     Carter Allen Rawson                    Winhall Hollow Road                   January 28, 1988
                                            R.R. #1, Box 178B
                                            Bondville, VT  05340

     Obadiah Barclay Kopchak                Box 1126                              August 29, 1987
                                            Cordova, AK  99574

     Richard Tubman Clay                    742 Old Dublin Road                   April 12, 1987
                                            Hancock, NH  03449

     Thomas Moragne Clay                    742 Old Dublin Road                   April 11, 1985
                                            Hancock, NH  03449

     Zachariah Bishop Kopchak               Box 1126                              January 11, 1985
                                            Cordova, AK  99574

     Sager Anna Kopchak                     Box 1126                              May 22, 1983
                                            Cordova, AK  99574
     </TABLE>

          10.2.     Termination.

               (a)  The Trust may be terminated (i) by the affirmative vote of
     Holders of not less than two-thirds of all Interests at any meeting of
     Holders or by an instrument in writing without a meeting, executed by a
     majority of the Trustees and consented to by Holders of not less than
     two-thirds of all Interests, or (ii) by the Trustees by written notice to
     the Holders.  Upon any such termination,

               (i) the Trust shall carry on no business except for the purpose
          of winding up its affairs;

               (ii) the Trustees shall proceed to wind up the affairs of
          the Trust and all of the powers of the Trustees under this
          Declaration shall continue until the affairs of the Trust have
          been wound up, including the power to fulfill or discharge the
          contracts of the Trust, collect the assets of the Trust, sell,
          convey, assign, exchange or otherwise dispose of all or any part
          of the Trust Property to one or more Persons at public or
          private sale for consideration which may consist in whole or in
          part of cash, securities or other property of any kind,
          discharge or pay the liabilities of the Trust, and do all other
          acts appropriate to liquidate the business of the Trust;
          provided that any sale, conveyance, assignment, exchange or
          other disposition of all or substantially all the Trust Property
          shall require approval of the principal terms of the transaction
          and the nature and amount of the consideration by the vote of
          Holders holding more than 50% of all Interests; and

               (iii) after paying or adequately providing for the payment
          of all liabilities, and upon receipt of such releases,
          indemnities and refunding agreements as they deem necessary for

                                          18
<PAGE>






          their protection, the Trustees shall distribute the remaining
          Trust Property, in cash or in kind or partly each, among the
          Holders according to their respective rights as set forth in the
          procedures established pursuant to Section 8.2 hereof.

               (b)  Upon termination of the Trust and distribution to the
     Holders as herein provided, a majority of the Trustees shall execute and
     file with the records of the Trust an instrument in writing setting forth
     the fact of such termination and distribution.  Upon termination of the
     Trust, the Trustees shall thereupon be discharged from all further
     liabilities and duties hereunder, and the rights and interests of all
     Holders shall thereupon cease.

          10.3.     Dissolution.  Upon the bankruptcy of any Holder, or upon
     the Redemption of any Interest, the Trust shall be dissolved effective 120
     days after the event.  However, the Holders (other than such bankrupt or
     redeeming Holder) may, by a unanimous affirmative vote at any meeting of
     such Holders or by an instrument in writing without a meeting executed by
     a majority of the Trustees and consented to by all such Holders, agree to
     continue the business of the Trust even if there has been such a
     dissolution.

          10.4.     Amendment Procedure.

               (a)  This Declaration may be amended by the vote of Holders of
     more than 50% of all Interests at any meeting of Holders or by an
     instrument in writing without a meeting, executed by a majority of the
     Trustees and consented to by the Holders of more than 50% of all
     Interests.  Notwithstanding any other provision hereof, this Declaration
     may be amended by an instrument in writing executed by a majority of the
     Trustees, and without the vote or consent of Holders, for any one or more
     of the following purposes:  (i) to change the name of the Trust, (ii) to
     supply any omission, or to cure, correct or supplement any ambiguous,
     defective or inconsistent provision hereof, (iii) to conform this
     Declaration to the requirements of applicable federal law or regulations
     or the requirements of the applicable provisions of the Code, (iv) to
     change the state or other jurisdiction designated herein as the state or
     other jurisdiction whose law shall be the governing law hereof, (v) to
     effect such changes herein as the Trustees find to be necessary or
     appropriate (A) to permit the filing of this Declaration under the law of
     such state or other jurisdiction applicable to trusts or voluntary
     associations, (B) to permit the Trust to elect to be treated as a
     "regulated investment company" under the applicable provisions of the
     Code, or (C) to permit the transfer of Interests (or to permit the
     transfer of any other beneficial interest in or share of the Trust,
     however denominated), (vi) in conjunction with any amendment contemplated
     by the foregoing clause (iv) or the foregoing clause (v) to make any and
     all such further changes or modifications to this Declaration as the
     Trustees find to be necessary or appropriate, any finding of the Trustees
     referred to in the foregoing clause (v) or the foregoing clause (vi) to be
     conclusively evidenced by the execution of any such amendment by a
     majority of the Trustees, and (vii) change, modify or rescind any

                                          19
<PAGE>






     provision of this Declaration provided such change, modification or
     rescission is found by the Trustees to be necessary or appropriate and to
     not have a materially adverse effect on the financial interests of the
     Holders, any such finding to be conclusively evidenced by the execution of
     any such amendment by a majority of the Trustees; provided, however, that
     unless effected in compliance with the provisions of Section 10.4(b)
     hereof, no amendment otherwise authorized by this sentence may be made
     which would reduce the amount payable with respect to any Interest upon
     liquidation of the Trust and; provided, further, that the Trustees shall
     not be liable for failing to make any amendment permitted by this Section
     10.4(a).

               (b)  No amendment may be made under Section 10.4(a) hereof which
     would change any rights with respect to any Interest by reducing the
     amount payable thereon upon liquidation of the Trust, except with the vote
     or consent of Holders of two-thirds of all Interests.

               (c)  A certification in recordable form executed by a majority
     of the Trustees setting forth an amendment and reciting that it was duly
     adopted by the Holders or by the Trustees as aforesaid or a copy of the
     Declaration, as amended, in recordable form, and executed by a majority of
     the Trustees, shall be conclusive evidence of such amendment when filed
     with the records of the Trust.

          Notwithstanding any other provision hereof, until such time as
     Interests are first sold, this Declaration may be terminated or amended in
     any respect by the affirmative vote of a majority of the Trustees at any
     meeting of Trustees or by an instrument executed by a majority of the
     Trustees.

          10.5.     Merger, Consolidation and Sale of Assets.  The Trust may
     merge or consolidate with any other corporation, association, trust or
     other organization or may sell, lease or exchange all or substantially all
     of the Trust Property, including good will, upon such terms and conditions
     and for such consideration when and as authorized at any meeting of
     Holders called for such purpose by a Majority Interests Vote, and any such
     merger, consolidation, sale, lease or exchange shall be deemed for all
     purposes to have been accomplished under and pursuant to the statutes of
     the State of New York.

          10.6.     Incorporation.  Upon a Majority Interests Vote, the
     Trustees may cause to be organized or assist in organizing a corporation
     or corporations under the law of any jurisdiction or a trust, partnership,
     association or other organization to take over the Trust Property or to
     carry on any business in which the Trust directly or indirectly has any
     interest, and to sell, convey and transfer the Trust Property to any such
     corporation, trust, partnership, association or other organization in
     exchange for the equity interests thereof or otherwise, and to lend money
     to, subscribe for the equity interests of, and enter into any contract
     with any such corporation, trust, partnership, association or other
     organization, or any corporation, trust, partnership, association or other
     organization in which the Trust holds or is about to acquire equity

                                          20
<PAGE>






     interests.  The Trustees may also cause a merger or consolidation between
     the Trust or any successor thereto and any such corporation, trust,
     partnership, association or other organization if and to the extent
     permitted by law.  Nothing contained herein shall be construed as
     requiring approval of the Holders for the Trustees to organize or assist
     in organizing one or more corporations, trusts, partnerships, associations
     or other organizations and selling, conveying or transferring a portion of
     the Trust Property to one or more of such organizations or entities.

                                     ARTICLE XI

                                    Miscellaneous

          11.1.     Certificate of Designation; Agent for Service of Process. 
     The Trust shall file, with the Department of State of the State of New
     York, a certificate, in the name of the Trust and executed by an officer
     of the Trust, designating the Secretary of State of the State of New York
     as an agent upon whom process in any action or proceeding against the
     Trust may be served.

          11.2.     Governing Law.  This Declaration is executed by the
     Trustees and delivered in the State of New York and with reference to the
     law thereof, and the rights of all parties and the validity and
     construction of every provision hereof shall be subject to and construed
     in accordance with the law of the State of New York and reference shall be
     specifically made to the trust law of the State of New York as to the
     construction of matters not specifically covered herein or as to which an
     ambiguity exists.

          11.3.     Counterparts.  This Declaration may be simultaneously
     executed in several counterparts, each of which shall be deemed to be an
     original, and such counterparts, together, shall constitute one and the
     same instrument, which shall be sufficiently evidenced by any one such
     original counterpart.

          11.4.     Reliance by Third Parties.  Any certificate executed by an
     individual who, according to the records of the Trust or of any recording
     office in which this Declaration may be recorded, appears to be a Trustee
     hereunder, certifying to:  (a) the number or identity of Trustees or
     Holders, (b) the due authorization of the execution of any instrument or
     writing, (c) the form of any vote passed at a meeting of Trustees or
     Holders, (d) the fact that the number of Trustees or Holders present at
     any meeting or executing any written instrument satisfies the requirements
     of this Declaration, (e) the form of any By-Laws adopted by or the
     identity of any officer elected by the Trustees, or (f) the existence of
     any fact or facts which in any manner relate to the affairs of the Trust,
     shall be conclusive evidence as to the matters so certified in favor of
     any Person dealing with the Trustees.





                                          21
<PAGE>






          11.5.     Provisions in Conflict With Law or Regulations.

               (a)  The provisions of this Declaration are severable, and if
     the Trustees shall determine, with the advice of counsel, that any of such
     provisions is in conflict with the 1940 Act, or with other applicable law
     and regulations, the conflicting provision shall be deemed never to have
     constituted a part of this Declaration; provided, however, that such
     determination shall not affect any of the remaining provisions of this
     Declaration or render invalid or improper any action taken or omitted
     prior to such determination.

               (b)  If any provision of this Declaration shall be held invalid
     or unenforceable in any jurisdiction, such invalidity or unenforceability
     shall attach only to such provision in such jurisdiction and shall not in
     any manner affect such provision in any other jurisdiction or any other
     provision of this Declaration in any jurisdiction.

          IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the undersigned have executed this instrument as
     of the day and year first above written.


                                        /s/ James G. Baur          
                                        ---------------------------
                                        James G. Baur, as Trustee and
                                          not individually

                                        /s/ H. Day Brigham, Jr.    
                                        ---------------------------
                                        H. Day Brigham, Jr., as Trustee
                                          and not individually

                                        /s/ James B. Hawkes        
                                        ---------------------------
                                        James B. Hawkes, as Trustee and
                                           not individually


















                                          22
<PAGE>









                   CONNECTICUT LIMITED MATURITY TAX FREE PORTFOLIO

                          AMENDMENT TO DECLARATION OF TRUST

                                  February 22, 1993

     The undersigned, being at least a majority of the Trustees of the
     Portfolio, acting pursuant to Section 10.4 of ARTICLE X of the Declaration
     of Trust, do hereby:

              Change and amend Section 3.11 of ARTICLE III of the
              Declaration of Trust to read as follows:

              "       3.11.  Further Powers.  The Trustees shall have
              power to conduct the business of the Trust and carry on
              its operations in any and all of its branches and
              maintain offices, whether within or without the State of
              New York, in any and all states of the United States of
              America, in the District of Columbia, and in any and all
              commonwealths, territories, dependencies, colonies,
              possessions, agencies or instrumentalities of the United
              States and of foreign governments, and to do all such
              other things and execute all such instruments as they
              deem necessary, proper, appropriate or desirable in order
              to promote the interests of the Trust although such
              things are not herein specifically mentioned.  The
              Trustees shall have full power and authority, in the name
              and on behalf of the Trust to engage in and to prosecute,
              defend, compromise, settle, abandon, or adjust by
              arbitration or otherwise, any actions, suits,
              proceedings, disputes, claims and demands relating to
              this Trust, and out of the assets of the Trust to pay or
              to satisfy any liabilities, losses, debts, claims or
              expenses (including without limitation attorneys' fees)
              incurred in connection therewith, including those of
              litigation, and such power shall include without
              limitation the power of the Trustees or any committee
              thereof, in the exercise of their or its good faith
              business judgment, to dismiss or terminate any action,
              suit, proceeding, dispute, claim or demand, derivative or
              otherwise, brought by any person, including a Holder in
              its own name or in the name of the Trust, whether or not
              the Trust or any of the Trustees may be named
              individually therein or the subject matter arises by
              reason of business for or on behalf of the Trust.  Any
              determination as to what is in the interests of the Trust
              which is made by the Trustees in good faith shall be
              conclusive.  In construing the provisions of this
              Declaration, the presumption shall be in favor of a grant
              of power to the Trustees.  The Trustees shall not be
              required to obtain any court order in order to deal with
              Trust Property."
<PAGE>






              Further, the undersigned do hereby declare and find that the
     foregoing change and amendment is necessary and appropriate and does not
     have a materially adverse effect on the financial interest of the Holders
     of the Portfolio.  Said Amendment shall take effect on the date set forth
     above.



                                                /s/Norton H. Reamer            
     ----------------------------               -------------------------------
     James G. Baur                              Norton H. Reamer


     /s/Donald R. Dwight                        /s/John L. Thorndike          
     ----------------------------               ------------------------------
     Donald R. Dwight                           John L. Thorndike


     /s/James B. Hawkes                         /s/Jack L. Treynor            
     ----------------------------               ------------------------------
     James B. Hawkes                            Jack L. Treynor


     /s/Samuel L. Hayes, III     
     ----------------------------
     Samuel L. Hayes, III
<PAGE>






























                   CONNECTICUT LIMITED MATURITY TAX FREE PORTFOLIO

                             ___________________________


                                       BY-LAWS

                                As Adopted May 1, 1992
<PAGE>






                                  TABLE OF CONTENTS


                                                                            PAGE

     ARTICLE I -- Meetings of Holders    . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .   1

               Section 1.1    Records at Holder Meetings     . . . . . . . .   1
               Section 1.2    Inspectors of Election     . . . . . . . . . .   1


     ARTICLE II -- Officers    . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .   2

               Section 2.1    Officers of the Trust    . . . . . . . . . . .   2
               Section 2.2    Election and Tenure    . . . . . . . . . . . .   2
               Section 2.3    Removal of Officers    . . . . . . . . . . . .   2
               Section 2.4    Bonds and Surety     . . . . . . . . . . . . .   2
               Section 2.5    Chairman, President and Vice President     . .   2
               Section 2.6    Secretary    . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .   3
               Section 2.7    Treasurer    . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .   3
               Section 2.8    Other Officers and Duties    . . . . . . . . .   3


     ARTICLE III -- Miscellaneous    . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .   4

               Section 3.1    Depositories     . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .   4
               Section 3.2    Signatures     . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .   4
               Section 3.3    Seal   . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .   4
               Section 3.4    Indemnification    . . . . . . . . . . . . . .   4
               Section 3.5    Distribution Disbursing Agents and the
                                    Like     . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .   4


     ARTICLE IV -- Regulations; Amendment of By-Laws   . . . . . . . . . . .   5

               Section 4.1    Regulations    . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .   5
               Section 4.2    Amendment and Repeal of By-Laws    . . . . . .   5
<PAGE>






                                       BY-LAWS

                                          OF

                   CONNECTICUT LIMITED MATURITY TAX FREE PORTFOLIO
                            _____________________________


               These By-Laws are made and adopted pursuant to Section 2.7 of
     the Declaration of Trust establishing CONNECTICUT LIMITED MATURITY TAX
     FREE PORTFOLIO (the "Trust"), dated May 1, 1992, as from time to time
     amended (the "Declaration").  All words and terms capitalized in these
     By-Laws shall have the meaning or meanings set forth for such words or
     terms in the Declaration.

                                      ARTICLE I

                                 Meetings of Holders

               Section 1.1.  Records at Holder Meetings.  At each meeting of
     the Holders there shall be open for inspection the minutes of the last
     previous meeting of Holders of the Trust and a list of the Holders of the
     Trust, certified to be true and correct by the Secretary or other proper
     agent of the Trust, as of the record date of the meeting.  Such list of
     Holders shall contain the name of each Holder in alphabetical order and
     the address and Interest owned by such Holder on such record date.

               Section 1.2.  Inspectors of Election.  In advance of any meeting
     of the Holders, the Trustees may appoint Inspectors of Election to act at
     the meeting or any adjournment thereof.  If Inspectors of Election are not
     so appointed, the chairman, if any, of any meeting of the Holders may, and
     on the request of any Holder or his proxy shall, appoint Inspectors of
     Election.  The number of Inspectors of Election shall be either one or
     three.  If appointed at the meeting on the request of one or more Holders
     or proxies, a Majority Interests Vote shall determine whether one or three
     Inspectors of Election are to be appointed, but failure to allow such
     determination by the Holders shall not affect the validity of the
     appointment of Inspectors of Election.  In case any individual appointed
     as an Inspector of Election fails to appear or fails or refuses to so act,
     the vacancy may be filled by appointment made by the Trustees in advance
     of the convening of the meeting or at the meeting by the individual acting
     as chairman of the meeting.  The Inspectors of Election shall determine
     the Interest owned by each Holder, the Interests represented at the
     meeting, the existence of a quorum, the authenticity, validity and effect
     of proxies, shall receive votes, ballots or consents, shall hear and
     determine all challenges and questions in any way arising in connection
     with the right to vote, shall count and tabulate all votes or consents,
     shall determine the results, and shall do such other acts as may be proper
     to conduct the election or vote with fairness to all Holders.  If there
     are three Inspectors of Election, the decision, act or certificate of a
     majority is effective in all respects as the decision, act or certificate
     of all.  On request of the chairman, if any, of the meeting, or of any

                                          1
<PAGE>






     Holder or its proxy, the Inspectors of Election shall make a report in
     writing of any challenge or question or matter determined by them and
     shall execute a certificate of any facts found by them.


                                     ARTICLE II

                                       Officers

               Section 2.1.  Officers of the Trust.  The officers of the Trust
     shall consist of a Chairman, if any, a President, a Secretary, a Treasurer
     and such other officers or assistant officers, including Vice Presidents,
     as may be elected by the Trustees.  Any two or more of the offices may be
     held by the same individual.  The Trustees may designate a Vice President
     as an Executive Vice President and may designate the order in which the
     other Vice Presidents may act.  The Chairman shall be a Trustee, but no
     other officer of the Trust, including the President, need be a Trustee.

               Section 2.2.  Election and Tenure.  At the initial organization
     meeting and thereafter at each annual meeting of the Trustees, the
     Trustees shall elect the Chairman, if any, the President, the Secretary,
     the Treasurer and such other officers as the Trustees shall deem necessary
     or appropriate in order to carry out the business of the Trust.  Such
     officers shall hold office until the next annual meeting of the Trustees
     and until their successors have been duly elected and qualified.  The
     Trustees may fill any vacancy in office or add any additional officer at
     any time.

               Section 2.3.  Removal of Officers.  Any officer may be removed
     at any time, with or without cause, by action of a majority of the
     Trustees.  This provision shall not prevent the making of a contract of
     employment for a definite term with any officer and shall have no effect
     upon any cause of action which any officer may have as a result of removal
     in breach of a contract of employment.  Any officer may resign at any time
     by notice in writing signed by such officer and delivered or mailed to the
     Chairman, if any, the President or the Secretary, and such resignation
     shall take effect immediately, or at a later date according to the terms
     of such notice in writing.

               Section 2.4.  Bonds and Surety.  Any officer may be required by
     the Trustees to be bonded for the faithful performance of his duties in
     such amount and with such sureties as the Trustees may determine.

               Section 2.5.  Chairman, President and Vice Presidents.  The
     Chairman, if any, shall, if present, preside at all meetings of the
     Holders and of the Trustees and shall exercise and perform such other
     powers and duties as may be from time to time assigned to him by the
     Trustees.  Subject to such supervisory powers, if any, as may be given by
     the Trustees to the Chairman, if any, the President shall be the chief
     executive officer of the Trust and, subject to the  control of the
     Trustees, shall have general supervision, direction and control of the
     business of the Trust and of its employees and shall exercise such general

                                         -2-
<PAGE>






     powers of management as are usually vested in the office of President of a
     corporation.  In the absence of the Chairman, if any, the President shall
     preside at all meetings of the Holders and, in the absence of the
     Chairman, the President shall preside at all meetings of the Trustees. 
     The President shall be, ex officio, a member of all standing committees of
     Trustees.  Subject to the direction of the Trustees, the President shall
     have the power, in the name and on behalf of the Trust, to execute any and
     all loan documents, contracts, agreements, deeds, mortgages and other
     instruments in writing, and to employ and discharge employees and agents
     of the Trust.  Unless otherwise directed by the Trustees, the President
     shall have full authority and power to attend, to act and to vote, on
     behalf of the Trust, at any meeting of any business organization in which
     the Trust holds an interest, or to confer such powers upon any other
     person, by executing any proxies duly authorizing such person.  The
     President shall have such further authorities and duties as the Trustees
     shall from time to time determine.  In the absence or disability of the
     President, the Vice Presidents in order of their rank or the Vice
     President designated by the Trustees, shall perform all of the duties of
     the President, and when so acting shall have all the powers of and be
     subject to all of the restrictions upon the President.  Subject to the
     direction of the President, each Vice President shall have the power in
     the name and on behalf of the Trust to execute any and all loan documents,
     contracts, agreements, deeds, mortgages and other instruments in writing,
     and, in addition, shall have such other duties and powers as shall be
     designated from time to time by the Trustees or by the President.

               Section 2.6.  Secretary.  The Secretary shall keep the minutes
     of all meetings of, and record all votes of, Holders, Trustees and the
     Executive Committee, if any.  The results of all actions taken at a
     meeting of the Trustees, or by written consent of the Trustees, shall be
     recorded by the Secretary.  The Secretary shall be custodian of the seal
     of the Trust, if any, and (and any other person so authorized by the
     Trustees) shall affix the seal or, if permitted, a facsimile thereof, to
     any instrument executed by the Trust which would be sealed by a New York
     corporation executing the same or a similar instrument and shall attest
     the seal and the signature or signatures of the officer or officers
     executing such instrument on behalf of the Trust.  The Secretary shall
     also perform any other duties commonly incident to such office in a New
     York corporation, and shall have such other authorities and duties as the
     Trustees shall from time to time determine.

               Section 2.7.  Treasurer.  Except as otherwise directed by the
     Trustees, the Treasurer shall have the general supervision of the monies,
     funds, securities, notes receivable and other valuable papers and
     documents of the Trust, and shall have and exercise under the supervision
     of the Trustees and of the President all powers and duties normally
     incident to his office.  The Treasurer may endorse for deposit or
     collection all notes, checks and other instruments payable to the Trust or
     to its order and shall deposit all funds of the Trust as may be ordered by
     the Trustees or the President.  The Treasurer shall keep accurate account
     of the books of the Trust's transactions which shall be the property of
     the Trust, and which together with all other property of the Trust in his

                                         -3-
<PAGE>






     possession, shall be subject at all times to the inspection and control of
     the Trustees.  Unless the Trustees shall otherwise determine, the
     Treasurer shall be the principal accounting officer of the Trust and shall
     also be the principal financial officer of the Trust.  The Treasurer shall
     have such other duties and authorities as the Trustees shall from time to
     time determine.  Notwithstanding anything to the contrary herein
     contained, the Trustees may authorize the Investment Adviser or the
     Administrator to maintain bank accounts and deposit and disburse funds on
     behalf of the Trust.

               Section 2.8.  Other Officers and Duties.  The Trustees may elect
     such other officers and assistant officers as they shall from time to time
     determine to be necessary or desirable in order to conduct the business of
     the Trust.  Assistant officers shall act generally in the absence of the
     officer whom they assist and shall assist that officer in the duties of
     his office.  Each officer, employee and agent of the Trust shall have such
     other duties and authorities as may be conferred upon him by the Trustees
     or delegated to him by the President.


                                     ARTICLE III

                                    Miscellaneous

               Section 3.1.  Depositories.  The funds of the Trust shall be
     deposited in such depositories as the Trustees shall designate and shall
     be drawn out on checks, drafts or other orders signed by such officer,
     officers, agent or agents (including the Investment Adviser or the
     Administrator) as the Trustees may from time to time authorize.

               Section 3.2.  Signatures.  All contracts and other instruments
     shall be executed on behalf of the Trust by such officer, officers, agent
     or agents as provided in these By-Laws or as the Trustees may from time to
     time by resolution provide.

               Section 3.3.  Seal.  The seal of the Trust, if any, may be
     affixed to any document, and the seal and its attestation may be
     lithographed, engraved or otherwise printed on any document with the same
     force and effect as if it had been imprinted and attested manually in the
     same manner and with the same effect as if done by a New York corporation.

               Section 3.4.  Indemnification.  Insofar as the conditional
     advancing of indemnification monies under Section 5.4 of the Declaration
     for actions based upon the 1940 Act may be concerned, such payments will
     be made only on the following conditions: (i) the advances must be limited
     to amounts used, or to be used, for the preparation or presentation of a
     defense to the action, including costs connected with the preparation of a
     settlement; (ii) advances may be made only upon receipt of a written
     promise by, or on behalf of, the recipient to repay the amount of the
     advance which exceeds the amount to which it is ultimately determined that
     he is entitled to receive from the Trust by reason of indemnification; and
     (iii) (a) such promise must be secured by a surety bond, other suitable

                                         -4-
<PAGE>






     insurance or an equivalent form of security which assures that any
     repayment may be obtained by the Trust without delay or litigation, which
     bond, insurance or other form of security must be provided by the
     recipient of the advance, or (b) a majority of a quorum of the Trust's
     disinterested, non-party Trustees, or an independent legal counsel in a
     written opinion, shall determine, based upon a review of readily available
     facts, that the recipient of the advance ultimately will be found entitled
     to indemnification.

               Section 3.5.  Distribution Disbursing Agents and the Like.  The
     Trustees shall have the power to employ and compensate such distribution
     disbursing agents, warrant agents and agents for the reinvestment of
     distributions as they shall deem necessary or desirable.  Any of such
     agents shall have such power and authority as is delegated to any of them
     by the Trustees.


                                     ARTICLE IV

                          Regulations; Amendment of By-Laws

               Section 4.1.  Regulations.  The Trustees may make such
     additional rules and regulations, not inconsistent with these By-Laws, as
     they may deem expedient concerning the sale and purchase of Interests of
     the Trust.

               Section 4.2.  Amendment and Repeal of By-Laws.  In accordance
     with Section 2.7 of the Declaration, the Trustees shall have the power to
     alter, amend or repeal the By-Laws or adopt new By-Laws at any time. 
     Action by the Trustees with respect to the By-Laws shall be taken by an
     affirmative vote of a majority of the Trustees.  The Trustees shall in no
     event adopt By-Laws which are in conflict with the Declaration.

               The Declaration refers to the Trustees as Trustees, but not as
     individuals or personally; and no Trustee, officer, employee or agent of
     the Trust shall be held to any personal liability, nor shall resort be had
     to their private property for the satisfaction of any obligation or claim
     or otherwise in connection with the affairs of the Trust.















                                         -5-
<PAGE>















                   CONNECTICUT LIMITED MATURITY TAX FREE PORTFOLIO

                            INVESTMENT ADVISORY AGREEMENT


              AGREEMENT made this 9th day of April, 1993, between Connecticut
     Limited Maturity Tax Free Portfolio, a New York trust (the "Trust"), and
     Boston Management and Research, a Massachusetts business trust (the
     "Adviser").

              1.      Duties of the Adviser.  The Trust hereby employs the
     Adviser to act as investment adviser for and to manage the investment and
     reinvestment of the assets of the Trust and to administer its affairs,
     subject to the supervision of the Trustees of the Trust, for the period
     and on the terms set forth in this Agreement.

              The Adviser hereby accepts such employment, and undertakes to
     afford to the Trust the advice and assistance of the Adviser's
     organization in the choice of investments and in the purchase and sale of
     securities for the Trust and to furnish for the use of the Trust office
     space and all necessary office facilities, equipment and personnel for
     servicing the investments of the Trust and for administering its affairs
     and to pay the salaries and fees of all officers and Trustees of the Trust
     who are members of the Adviser's organization and all personnel of the
     Adviser performing services relating to research and investment
     activities.  The Adviser shall for all purposes herein be deemed to be an
     independent contractor and shall, except as otherwise expressly provided
     or authorized, have no authority to act for or represent the Trust in any
     way or otherwise be deemed an agent of the Trust.

              The Adviser shall provide the Trust with such investment
     management and supervision as the Trust may from time to time consider
     necessary for the proper supervision of the Trust.  As investment adviser
     to the Trust, the Adviser shall furnish continuously an investment program
     and shall determine from time to time what securities and other
     investments shall be acquired, disposed of or exchanged and what portion
     of the Trust's assets shall be held uninvested, subject always to the
     applicable restrictions of the Declaration of Trust, By-Laws and
     registration statement of the Trust under the Investment Company Act of
     1940, all as from time to time amended.  Should the Trustees of the Trust
     at any time, however, make any specific determination as to investment
     policy for the Trust and notify the Adviser thereof in writing, the
     Adviser shall be bound by such determination for the period, if any,
     specified in such notice or until similarly notified that such
     determination has been revoked.  The Adviser shall take, on behalf of the
     Trust, all actions which it deems necessary or desirable to implement the
     investment policies of the Trust.
<PAGE>






              The Adviser shall place all orders for the purchase or sale of
     portfolio securities for the account of the Trust either directly with the
     issuer or with brokers or dealers selected by the Adviser, and to that end
     the Adviser is authorized as the agent of the Trust to give instructions
     to the custodian of the Trust as to deliveries of securities and payments
     of cash for the account of the Trust.  In connection with the selection of
     such brokers or dealers and the placing of such orders, the Adviser shall
     use its best efforts to seek to execute security transactions at prices
     which are advantageous to the Trust and (when a disclosed commission is
     being charged) at reasonably competitive commission rates.  In selecting
     brokers or dealers qualified to execute a particular transaction, brokers
     or dealers may be selected who also provide brokerage and research
     services (as those terms are defined in Section 28(e) of the Securities
     Exchange Act of 1934) to the Adviser and the Adviser is expressly
     authorized to pay any broker or dealer who provides such brokerage and
     research services a commission for executing a security transaction which
     is in excess of the amount of commission another broker or dealer would
     have charged for effecting that transaction if the Adviser determines in
     good faith that such amount of commission is reasonable in relation to the
     value of the brokerage and research services provided by such broker or
     dealer, viewed in terms of either that particular transaction or the
     overall responsibilities which the Adviser and its affiliates have with
     respect to accounts over which they exercise investment discretion. 
     Subject to the requirement set forth in the second sentence of this
     paragraph, the Adviser is authorized to consider, as a factor in the
     selection of any broker or dealer with whom purchase or sale orders may be
     placed, the fact that such broker or dealer has sold or is selling shares
     of any one or more investment companies sponsored by the Adviser or its
     affiliates or shares of any other investment company investing in the
     Trust.

              2.      Compensation of the Adviser.  For the services, payments
     and facilities to be furnished hereunder by the Adviser, the Adviser shall
     be entitled to receive from the Trust, on a daily basis, compensation is
     an amount equal to the aggregate of:

              (a)     a daily asset-based fee computed by applying the annual
     asset rate applicable to that portion of the total daily net assets of the
     Trust in each Category as indicated below:


              Category         Daily Net Assets                  Annual Asset
                                                                 Rate

                1              up to $500 million                0.300%
                2              $500 million but less 
                                 than $1 billion                 0.275%
                3              $1 billion but less than 
                                 $1.5 billion                    0.250%
                4              $1.5 billion but less than
                                 $2 billion                      0.225%
                5              $2 billion but less than
                                 $3 billion                      0.200%
                6              $3 billion and over               0.175%,
<PAGE>






     plus

                (b)   a daily income-based fee computed by applying the daily
     income rate applicable to that portion of the total daily gross income of
     the Trust (which portion shall bear the same relationship to the total
     daily gross income on such day as that portion of the total daily net
     assets of the Trust in the same Category bears to the total daily net
     assets on such day) in each Category as indicated below:


              Category         Daily Net Assets                  Daily Income
                                                                 Rate

                1              up to $500 million                3.00%
                2              $500 million but less 
                                 than $1 billion                 2.75%
                3              $1 billion but less than
                                 $1.5 billion                    2.50%
                4              $1.5 billion but less than
                                 $2 billion                      2.25%
                5              $2 billion but less than
                                 $3 billion                      2.00%
                6              $3 billion and over               1.75%

     Such daily compensation shall be paid monthly in arrears on the last
     business day of each month.  The Trust's daily net assets and gross income
     shall be computed in accordance with the Declaration of Trust of the Trust
     and any applicable votes and determinations of the Trustees of the Trust.

          In case of initiation or termination of the Agreement during any
     month with respect to the Trust, the fee for that month shall be based on
     the number of calendar days during which it is in effect.

          The Adviser may, from time to time, waive all or a part of the above
     compensation.

          3.   Allocation of Charges and Expenses.  It is understood that the
     Trust will pay all its expenses other than those expressly stated to be
     payable by the Adviser hereunder, which expenses payable by the Trust
     shall include, without implied limitation, (i) expenses of maintaining the
     Trust and continuing its existence, (ii) registration of the Trust under
     the Investment Company Act of 1940, (iii) commissions, fees and other
     expenses connected with the acquisition, holding and disposition of
     securities and other investments, (iv) auditing, accounting and legal
     expenses, (v) taxes and interest, (vi) governmental fees, (vii) expenses
     of issue, sale, and redemption of Interests in the Trust, (viii) expenses
     of registering and qualifying the Trust and Interests in the Trust under
     federal and state securities laws and of preparing and printing
     registration statements or other offering statements or memoranda for such
     purposes and for distributing the same to Holders and investors, and fees
     and expenses of registering and maintaining registrations of the Trust and
     the Trust's placement agent as broker-dealer or agent under state
     securities laws, (ix) expenses of reports and notices to Holders and of
     meetings of Holders and proxy solicitations therefor, (x) expenses of
<PAGE>






     reports to governmental officers and commissions, (xi) insurance expenses,
     (xii) association membership dues, (xiii) fees, expenses and disbursements
     of custodians and subcustodians for all services to the Trust (including
     without limitation safekeeping of funds, securities and other investments,
     keeping of books, accounts and records, and determination of net asset
     values, book capital account balances and tax capital account balances),
     (xiv) fees, expenses and disbursements of transfer agents, dividend
     disbursing agents, Holder servicing agents and registrars for all services
     to the Trust, (xv) expenses for servicing the account of Holders, (xvi)
     any direct charges to Holders approved by the Trustees of the Trust,
     (xvii) compensation and expenses of Trustees of the Trust who are not
     members of the Adviser's organization, and (xviii) such non-recurring
     items as may arise, including expenses incurred in connection with
     litigation, proceedings and claims and the obligation of the Trust to
     indemnify its Trustees, officers and Holders with respect thereto.

          4.   Other Interests.  It is understood that Trustees and officers of
     the Trust and Holders of Interests in the Trust are or may be or become
     interested in the Adviser as trustees, shareholders or otherwise and that
     trustees, officers and shareholders of the Adviser are or may be or become
     similarly interested in the Trust, and that the Adviser may be or become
     interested in the Trust as Holder or otherwise.  It is also understood
     that trustees, officers, employees and shareholders of the Adviser may be
     or become interested (as directors, trustees, officers, employees,
     shareholders or otherwise) in other companies or entities (including,
     without limitation, other investment companies) which the Adviser may
     organize, sponsor or acquire, or with which it may merge or consolidate,
     and which may include the words "Eaton Vance" or "Boston Management and
     Research" or any combination thereof as part of their name, and that the
     Adviser or its subsidiaries or affiliates may enter into advisory or
     management agreements or other contracts or relationships with such other
     companies or entities.

          5.   Limitation of Liability of the Adviser.  The services of the
     Adviser to the Trust are not to be deemed to be exclusive, the Adviser
     being free to render services to others and engage in other business
     activities.  In the absence of willful misfeasance, bad faith, gross
     negligence or reckless disregard of obligations or duties hereunder on the
     part of the Adviser, the Adviser shall not be subject to liability to the
     Trust or to any Holder of Interests in the Trust for any act or omission
     in the course of, or connected with, rendering services hereunder or for
     any losses which may be sustained in the acquisition, holding or
     disposition of any security or other investment.

          6.   Sub-Investment Advisers.  The Adviser may employ one or more
     sub-investment advisers from time to time to perform such of the acts and
     services of the Adviser, including the selection of brokers or dealers to
     execute the Trust's portfolio security transactions, and upon such terms
     and conditions as may be agreed upon between the Adviser and such
     investment adviser and approved by the Trustees of the Trust.

          7.   Duration and Termination of this Agreement.  This Agreement
     shall become effective upon the date of its execution, and, unless
     terminated as herein provided, shall remain in full force and effect
<PAGE>






     through and including February 28, 1995 and shall continue in full force
     and effect indefinitely thereafter, but only so long as such continuance
     after February 28, 1995 is specifically approved at least annually (i) by
     the Board of Trustees of the Trust or by vote of a majority of the
     outstanding voting securities of the Trust and (ii) by the vote of a
     majority of those Trustees of the Trust who are not interested persons of
     the Adviser or the Trust cast in person at a meeting called for the
     purpose of voting on such approval.

          Either party hereto may, at any time on sixty (60) days' prior
     written notice to the other, terminate this Agreement without the payment
     of any penalty, by action of Trustees of the Trust or the trustees of the
     Adviser, as the case may be, and the Trust may, at any time upon such
     written notice to the Adviser, terminate this Agreement by vote of a
     majority of the outstanding voting securities of the Trust.  This
     Agreement shall terminate automatically in the event of its assignment.

          8.   Amendments of the Agreement.  This Agreement may be amended by a
     writing signed by both parties hereto, provided that no amendment to this
     Agreement shall be effective until approved (i) by the vote of a majority
     of those Trustees of the Trust who are not interested persons of the
     Adviser or the Trust cast in person at a meeting called for the purpose of
     voting on such approval, and (ii) by vote of a majority of the outstanding
     voting securities of the Trust.

          9.   Limitation of Liability.  The Adviser expressly acknowledges the
     provision in the Declaration of Trust of the Trust (Section 5.2 and 5.6)
     limiting the personal liability of the Trustees and officers of the Trust,
     and the Adviser hereby agrees that it shall have recourse to the Trust for
     payment of claims or obligations as between the Trust and the Adviser
     arising out of this Agreement and shall not seek satisfaction from any
     Trustee or officer of the Trust.

          10.  Certain Definitions.  The terms "assignment" and "interested
     persons" when used herein shall have the respective meanings specified in
     the Investment Company Act of 1940 as now in effect or as hereafter
     amended subject, however, to such exemptions as may be granted by the
     Securities and Exchange Commission by any rule, regulation or order.  The
     term "vote of a majority of the outstanding voting securities" shall mean
     the vote, at a meeting of Holders, of the lesser of (a) 67 per centum or
     more of the Interests in the Trust present or represented by proxy at the
     meeting if the Holders of more than 50 per centum of the outstanding
     Interests in the Trust are present or represented by proxy at the meeting,
     or (b) more than 50 per centum of the outstanding Interests in the Trust. 
     The terms "Holders" and "Interests" when used herein shall have the
     respective meanings specified in the Declaration of Trust of the Trust.
<PAGE>






          IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties hereto have caused this Agreement to
     be executed on the day and year first above written.


     CONNECTICUT LIMITED MATURITY  BOSTON MANAGEMENT AND RESEARCH
        TAX FREE PORTFOLIO


     By:     /s/James B. Hawkes              By    /s/Curtis H. Jones        
        ------------------------------          -----------------------------
          President                             Vice President
                                                and not individually
<PAGE>









                              PLACEMENT AGENT AGREEMENT

                                                                   April 9, 1993

     Eaton Vance Distributors, Inc.
     24 Federal Street
     Boston, Massachusetts  02110

     Gentlemen:

              This is to confirm that, in consideration of the agreements
     hereinafter contained, the undersigned, Connecticut Limited Maturity Tax
     Free Portfolio (the "Trust"), an open-end non-diversified management
     investment company registered under the Investment Company Act of 1940, as
     amended (the "1940 Act"), organized as a New York trust, has agreed that
     Eaton Vance Distributors, Inc. ("EVD") shall be the placement agent (the
     "Placement Agent") of Interests in the Trust ("Trust Interests").

              1.  Services as Placement Agent.

              1.1  EVD will act as Placement Agent of the Trust Interests
     covered by the Trust's registration statement then in effect under the
     1940 Act.  In acting as Placement Agent under this Placement Agent
     Agreement, neither EVD nor its employees or any agents thereof shall make
     any offer or sale of Trust Interests in a manner which would require the
     Trust Interests to be registered under the Securities Act of 1933, as
     amended (the "1933 Act").

              1.2  All activities by EVD and its agents and employees as
     Placement Agent of Trust Interests shall comply with all applicable laws,
     rules and regulations, including, without limitation, all rules and
     regulations adopted pursuant to the 1940 Act by the Securities and
     Exchange Commission (the "Commission"). 

              1.3  Nothing herein shall be construed to require the Trust to
     accept any offer to purchase any Trust Interests, all of which shall be
     subject to approval by the Board of Trustees.

              1.4  The Portfolio shall furnish from time to time for use in
     connection with the sale of Trust Interests such information with respect
     to the Trust and Trust Interests as EVD may reasonably request.  The Trust
     shall also furnish EVD upon request with: (a) unaudited semiannual
     statements of the Trust's books and accounts prepared by the Trust, and
     (b) from time to time such additional information regarding the Trust's
     financial or regulatory condition as EVD may reasonably request.

              1.5  The Trust represents to EVD that all registration statements
     filed by the Trust with the Commission under the 1940 Act with respect to
     Trust Interests have been prepared in conformity with the requirements of
     such statute and the rules and regulations of the Commission thereunder. 
     As used in this Agreement the term "registration statement" shall mean any
     registration statement filed with the Commission as modified by any
     amendments thereto that at any time shall have been filed with the
     Commission by or on behalf of the Trust.  The Trust represents and
<PAGE>






     warrants to EVD that any registration statement will contain all
     statements required to be stated therein in conformity with both such
     statute and the rules and regulations of the Commission; that all
     statements of fact contained in any registration statement will be true
     and correct in all material respects at the time of filing of such
     registration statement or amendment thereto; and that no registration
     statement will include an untrue statement of a material fact or omit to
     state a material fact required to be stated therein or necessary to make
     the statements therein not misleading to a purchaser of Trust Interests. 
     The Trust may but shall not be obligated to propose from time to time such
     amendment to any registration statement as in the light of future
     developments may, in the opinion of the Trust's counsel, be necessary or
     advisable.  If the Trust shall not propose such amendment and/or
     supplement within fifteen days after receipt by the Trust of a written
     request from EVD to do so, EVD may, at its option, terminate this
     Agreement.  The Trust shall not file any amendment to any registration
     statement without giving EVD reasonable notice thereof in advance;
     provided, however, that nothing contained in this Agreement shall in any
     way limit the Trust's right to file at any time such amendment to any
     registration statement as the Trust may deem advisable, such right being
     in all respects absolute and unconditional.

              1.6  The Trust agrees to indemnify, defend and hold EVD, its
     several officers and directors, and any person who controls EVD within the
     meaning of Section 15 of the 1933 Act or Section 20 of the Securities and
     Exchange Act of 1934 (the "1934 Act") (for purposes of this paragraph 1.6,
     collectively, "Covered Persons") free and harmless from and against any
     and all claims, demands, liabilities and expenses (including the cost of
     investigating or defending such claims, demands or liabilities and any
     counsel fees incurred in connection therewith) which any Covered Person
     may incur under the 1933 Act, the 1934 Act, common law or otherwise,
     arising out of or based on any untrue statement of a material fact
     contained in any registration statement, private placement memorandum or
     other offering material ("Offering Material") or arising out of or based
     on any omission to state a material fact required to be stated in any
     Offering Material or necessary to make the statements in any Offering
     Material not misleading; provided, however, that the Trust's agreement to
     indemnify Covered Persons shall not be deemed to cover any claims,
     demands, liabilities or expenses arising out of any financial and other
     statements as are furnished in writing to the Trust by EVD in its capacity
     as Placement Agent for use in the answers to any items of any registration
     statement or in any statements made in any Offering Material, or arising
     out of or based on any omission or alleged omission to state a material
     fact in connection with the giving of such information required to be
     stated in such answers or necessary to make the answers not misleading;
     and further provided that the Trust's agreement to indemnify EVD and the
     Trust's representations and warranties hereinbefore set forth in this
     paragraph 1.6 shall not be deemed to cover any liability to the Trust or
     its investors to which a Covered Person would otherwise be subject by
     reason of willful misfeasance, bad faith or gross negligence in the
     performance of its duties, or by reason of a Covered Person's reckless
     disregard of its obligations and duties under this Agreement.  The Trust

                                          2
<PAGE>






     should be notified of any action brought against a Covered Person, such
     notification to be given by a writing addressed to the Trust, 24 Federal
     Street Boston, Massachusetts 02110,  with a copy to the Adviser of the
     Portfolio, Boston Management and Research, at the same address, promptly
     after the summons or other first legal process shall have been duly and
     completely served upon such Covered Person.  The failure to so notify the
     Trust of any such action shall not relieve the Trust from any liability
     except to the extent the Trust shall have been prejudiced by such failure,
     or from any liability that the Trust may have to the Covered Person
     against whom such action is brought by reason of any such untrue statement
     or omission, otherwise than on account of the Trust's indemnity agreement
     contained in this paragraph.  The Trust will be entitled to assume the
     defense of any suit brought to enforce any such claim, demand or
     liability, but in such case such defense shall be conducted by counsel of
     good standing chosen by the Trust and approved by EVD, which approval
     shall not be unreasonably withheld.  In the event the Trust elects to
     assume the defense of any such suit and retain counsel of good standing
     approved by EVD, the defendant or defendants in such suit shall bear the
     fees and expenses of any additional counsel retained by any of them; but
     in case the Trust does not elect to assume the defense of any such suit or
     in case EVD reasonably does not approve of counsel chosen by the Trust,
     the Trust will reimburse the Covered Person named as defendant in such
     suit, for the fees and expenses of any counsel retained by EVD or it.  The
     Trust's indemnification agreement contained in this paragraph and the
     Trust's representations and warranties in this Agreement shall remain
     operative and in full force and effect regardless of any investigation
     made by or on behalf of Covered Persons, and shall survive the delivery of
     any Trust Interests.  This agreement of indemnity will inure exclusively
     to Covered Persons and their successors.  The Trust agrees to notify EVD
     promptly of the commencement of any litigation or proceedings against the
     Trust or any of its officers or Trustees in connection with the issue and
     sale of any Trust Interests.

              1.7  EVD agrees to indemnify, defend and hold the Trust, its
     several officers and trustees, and any person who controls the Trust
     within the meaning of Section 15 of the 1933 Act or Section 20 of the 1934
     Act (for purposes of this paragraph 1.7, collectively, "Covered Persons")
     free and harmless from and against any and all claims, demands,
     liabilities and expenses (including the costs of investigating or
     defending such claims, demands, liabilities and any counsel fees incurred
     in connection therewith) that Covered Persons may incur under the 1933
     Act, the 1934 Act or common law or otherwise, but only to the extent that
     such liability or expense incurred by a Covered Person resulting from such
     claims or demands shall arise out of or be based on any untrue statement
     of a material fact contained in information furnished in writing by EVD in
     its capacity as Placement Agent to the Trust for use in the answers to any
     of the items of any registration statement or in any statements in any
     other Offering Material or shall arise out of or be based on any omission
     to state a material fact in connection with such information furnished in
     writing by EVD to the Trust required to be stated in such answers or
     necessary to make such information not misleading.  EVD shall be notified
     of any action brought against a Covered Person, such notification to be

                                          3
<PAGE>






     given by a writing addressed to EVD at 24 Federal Street, Boston,
     Massachusetts 02110, promptly after the summons or other first legal
     process shall have been duly and completely served upon such Covered
     Person.  EVD shall have the right of first control of the defense of the
     action with counsel of its own choosing satisfactory to the Trust if such
     action is based solely on such alleged misstatement or omission on EVD's
     part, and in any other event each Covered Person shall have the right to
     participate in the defense or preparation of the defense of any such
     action.  The failure to so notify EVD of any such action shall not relieve
     EVD from any liability except to the extent the Trust shall have been
     prejudiced by such failure, or from any liability that EVD may have to
     Covered Persons by reason of any such untrue or alleged untrue statement,
     or omission or alleged omission, otherwise than on account of EVD's
     indemnity agreement contained in this paragraph.

              1.8  No Trust Interests shall be offered by either EVD or the
     Trust under any of the provisions of this Agreement and no orders for the
     purchase or sale of Trust Interests hereunder shall be accepted by the
     Trust if and so long as the effectiveness of the registration statement or
     any necessary amendments thereto shall be suspended under any of the
     provisions of the 1933 Act or the 1940 Act; provided, however, that
     nothing contained in this paragraph shall in any way restrict or have an
     application to or bearing on the Trust's obligation to redeem Trust
     Interests from any investor in accordance with the provisions of the
     Trust's registration statement or Declaration of Trust, as amended from
     time to time.

              1.9  The Trust agrees to advise EVD as soon as reasonably
     practical by a notice in writing delivered to EVD or its counsel:

              (a)  of any request by the Commission for amendments to the
     registration statement then in effect or for additional information;

              (b)  in the event of the issuance by the Commission of any stop
     order suspending the effectiveness of the registration statement then in
     effect or the initiation by service of process on the Trust of any
     proceeding for that purpose;

              (c)  of the happening of any event that makes untrue any
     statement of a material fact made in the registration statement then in
     effect or that requires the making of a change in such registration
     statement in order to make the statements therein not misleading; and

              (d)  of all action of the Commission with respect to any
     amendment to any registration statement that may from time to time be
     filed with the Commission.

              For purposes of this paragraph 1.9, informal requests by or acts
     of the Staff of the Commission shall not be deemed actions of or requests
     by the Commission.



                                          4
<PAGE>






              1.10  EVD agrees on behalf of itself and its employees to treat
     confidentially and as proprietary information of the Trust all records and
     other information not otherwise publicly available relative to the Trust
     and its prior, present or potential investors and not to use such records
     and information for any purpose other than performance of its
     responsibilities and duties hereunder, except after prior notification to
     and approval in writing by the Trust, which approval shall not be
     unreasonably withheld and may not be withheld where EVD may be exposed to
     civil or criminal contempt proceedings for failure to comply, when
     requested to divulge such information by duly constituted authorities, or
     when so requested by the Trust.

              2.  Duration and Termination of this Agreement.

              This Agreement shall become effective upon the date of its
     execution, and, unless terminated as herein provided, shall remain in full
     force and effect through and including February 28, 1994 and shall
     continue in full force and effect indefinitely thereafter, but only so
     long as such continuance after February 28, 1994 is specifically approved
     at least annually (i) by the Board of Trustees of the Trust or by vote of
     a majority of the outstanding voting securities of the Trust and (ii) by
     the vote of a majority of those Trustees of the Trust who are not
     interested persons of EVD or the Trust cast in person at a meeting called
     for the purpose of voting on such approval.

              Either party hereto may, at any time on sixty (60) days' prior
     written notice to the other, terminate this agreement without the payment
     of any penalty, by action of Trustees of the Trust or the Directors of
     EVD, as the case may be, and the Trust may, at any time upon such written
     notice to EVD, terminate this Agreement by vote of a majority of the
     outstanding voting securities of the Trust.  This Agreement shall
     terminate automatically in the event of its assignment.

              3.  Representations and Warranties.

              EVD and the Trust each hereby represents and warrants to the
     other that it has all requisite authority to enter into, execute, deliver
     and perform its obligations under this Agreement and that, with respect to
     it, this Agreement is legal, valid and binding, and enforceable in
     accordance with its terms.

              4.  Limitation of Liability.

              EVD expressly acknowledges the provision in the Declaration of
     Trust of the Trust (Sections 5.2 and 5.6) limiting the personal liability
     of the Trustees and officers of the Trust, and EVD hereby agrees that it
     shall have recourse to the Trust for payment of claims or obligations as
     between the Trust and EVD arising out of this Agreement and shall not seek
     satisfaction from any Trustee or officer of the Trust.




                                          5
<PAGE>






              5.  Certain Definitions.

              The terms "assignment" and "interested persons" when used herein
     shall have the respective meanings specified in the Investment Company Act
     of 1940 as now in effect or as hereafter amended subject, however, to such
     exemptions as may be granted by the Securities and Exchange Commission by
     any rule, regulation or order.  The term "vote of a majority of the
     outstanding voting securities" shall mean the vote, at a meeting of
     Holders, of the lesser of (a) 67 per centum or more of the Interests in
     the Trust present or represented by proxy at the meeting if the Holders of
     more than 50 per centum of the outstanding Interests in the Trust are
     present or represented by proxy at the meeting, or (b) more than 50 per
     centum of the outstanding Interests in the Trust.  The terms "Holders" and
     "Interests" when used herein shall have the respective meanings specified
     in the Declaration of Trust of the Trust.

              6.  Concerning Applicable Provisions of Law, etc.

              This Agreement shall be subject to all applicable provisions of
     law, including the applicable provisions of the 1940 Act and to the extent
     that any provisions herein contained conflict with any such applicable
     provisions of law, the latter shall control.

              The laws of the Commonwealth of Massachusetts shall, except to
     the extent that any applicable provisions of federal law shall be
     controlling, govern the construction, validity and effect of this
     Agreement, without reference to principles of conflicts of law.

              If the contract set forth herein is acceptable to you, please so
     indicate by executing the enclosed copy of this Agreement and returning
     the same to the undersigned, whereupon this Agreement shall constitute a
     binding contract between the parties hereto effective at the closing of
     business on the date hereof.

                               Yours very truly,

                               CONNECTICUT LIMITED MATURITY TAX
                                  FREE PORTFOLIO


                               By: /s/ James B. Hawkes            
                                   -------------------------------
                                   President

     Accepted:

     EATON VANCE DISTRIBUTORS, INC.


     By: /s/ Wharton P. Whitaker          
         ---------------------------------
         President 

                                          6
<PAGE>











                   CONNECTICUT LIMITED MATURITY TAX FREE PORTFOLIO




                                                                   April 9, 1993




     Connecticut Limited Maturity Tax Free Portfolio hereby adopts and agrees
     to become a party to the attached Master Custodian Agreement between the
     Eaton Vance Hub Portfolios and Investors Bank & Trust Company.


                               CONNECTICUT LIMITED MATURITY TAX FREE PORTFOLIO




                               BY:/s/James B. Hawkes                  
                                  ------------------------------------
                                   President



     Accepted and agreed to:

     INVESTORS BANK & TRUST COMPANY



     BY:  /s/ J. M. Keenan                   
         ------------------------------------
              Title:  Vice President
<PAGE>
















                              MASTER CUSTODIAN AGREEMENT

                                       between

                             EATON VANCE HUB PORTFOLIOS

                                         and

                            INVESTORS BANK & TRUST COMPANY
<PAGE>






                                  TABLE OF CONTENTS

     1.   Definitions  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .   1-3

     2.   Employment of Custodian and Property to be Held by It  . . . . . .   3

     3.   Duties of the Custodian with Respect to
          Property of the Trust  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .   3

          A.  Safekeeping and Holding of Property  . . . . . . . . . . . .   3-4

          B.  Delivery of Securities   . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .   4-6

          C.  Registration of Securities   . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .   6

          D.  Bank Accounts  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .   7

          E.  Payments for Interests, or Increases in Interests,
               in the Trust  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7

          F.  Investment and Availability of Federal Funds   . . . . . . . .   7

          G.  Collections  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .   7-8

          H.  Payment of Trust Monies  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .   8-9

          I.  Liability for Payment in Advance of
              Receipt of Securities Purchased  . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  9-10

          J.  Payments for Repurchases or Redemptions
              of Interests of the Trust  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  10

          K.  Appointment of Agents by the Custodian   . . . . . . . . . . .  10

          L.  Deposit of Trust Portfolio Securities in Securities
                 Systems   . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .   10-12

          M.  Deposit of Trust Commercial Paper in an Approved
                 Book-Entry System for Commercial Paper  . . . . . . . .   12-14

          N.  Segregated Account   . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .   14-15

          O.  Ownership Certificates for Tax Purposes  . . . . . . . . . . .  15

          P.  Proxies  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  15

          Q.  Communications Relating to Trust Portfolio   . . . . . . . . .  15
                    Securities

          R.  Exercise of Rights; Tender Offers  . . . . . . . . . . . .   15-16

          S.  Depository Receipts  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  16

                                          i
<PAGE>






          T.  Interest Bearing Call or Time Deposits   . . . . . . . . . . .  16

          U.  Options, Futures Contracts and Foreign
                 Currency Transactions   . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .   17-18

          V.  Actions Permitted Without Express Authority  . . . . . . . . .  18

      4.  Duties of Bank with Respect to Books of Account and
          Calculations of Net Asset Value  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .   18-19

      5.  Records and Miscellaneous Duties   . . . . . . . . . . . . . .   19-20

      6.  Opinion of Trust's Independent Public Accountants  . . . . . . . .  20

      7.  Compensation and Expenses of Bank  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  20

      8.  Responsibility of Bank   . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .   20-21

      9.  Persons Having Access to Assets of the Trust   . . . . . . . . . .  21

     10.  Effective Period, Termination and Amendment;
          Successor Custodian  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .   21-22

     11.  Interpretive and Additional Provisions   . . . . . . . . . . . . .  22

     12.  Notices  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .   22-23

     13.  Massachusetts Law to Apply   . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  23

     14.  Adoption of the Agreement by the Trust   . . . . . . . . . . . . .  23























                                          ii
<PAGE>






                              MASTER CUSTODIAN AGREEMENT


          This Agreement is made between each investment company advised by
     Boston Management and Research which has adopted this Agreement in the
     manner provided herein and Investors Bank & Trust Company (hereinafter
     called "Bank", "Custodian" and "Agent"), a trust company established under
     the laws of Massachusetts with a principal place of business in Boston,
     Massachusetts.

          Whereas, each such investment company is registered under the
     Investment Company Act of 1940 and has appointed the Bank to act as
     Custodian of its property and to perform certain duties as its Agent, as
     more fully hereinafter set forth; and

          Whereas, the Bank is willing and able to act as each such investment
     company's Custodian and Agent, subject to and in accordance with the
     provisions hereof;

          Now, therefore, in consideration of the premises and of the mutual
     covenants and agreements herein contained, each such investment company
     and the Bank agree as follows:

     1.   Definitions

          Whenever used in this Agreement, the following words and phrases,
     unless the context otherwise requires, shall have the following meanings:

          (a)  "Trust" shall mean the investment company which has adopted this
               Agreement.

          (b)  "Board" shall mean the board of trustees of the Trust.

          (c)  "The Depository Trust Company", a clearing agency registered
               with the Securities and Exchange Commission under Section 17A of
               the Securities Exchange Act of 1934 which acts as a securities
               depository and which has been specifically approved as a
               securities depository for the Trust by the Board.

          (d)  "Participants Trust Company", a clearing agency registered with
               the Securities and Exchange Commission under Section 17A of the
               Securities Exchange Act of 1934 which acts as a securities
               depository and which has been specifically approved as a
               securities depository for the Trust by the Board.

          (e)  "Approved Clearing Agency" shall mean any other domestic
               clearing agency registered with the Securities and Exchange
               Commission under Section 17A of the Securities Exchange Act of
               1934 which acts as a securities depository but only if the
               Custodian has received a certified copy of a resolution of the
               Board approving such clearing agency as a securities depository
               for the Trust.

                                          1
<PAGE>






          (f)  "Federal Book-Entry System" shall mean the book-entry system
               referred to in Rule 17f-4(b) under the Investment Company Act of
               1940 for United States and federal agency securities (i.e., as
               provided in Subpart O of Treasury Circular No. 300, 31 CFR 306,
               Subpart B of 31 CFR Part 350, and the book-entry regulations of
               federal agencies substantially in the form of Subpart O).

          (g)  "Approved Foreign Securities Depository" shall mean a foreign
               securities depository or clearing agency referred to in Rule
               17f-4 under the Investment Company Act of 1940 for foreign
               securities but only if the Custodian has received a certified
               copy of a resolution of the Board approving such depository or
               clearing agency as a foreign securities depository for the
               Trust.

          (h)  "Approved Book-Entry System for Commercial Paper" shall mean a
               system maintained by the Custodian or by a subcustodian employed
               pursuant to Section 2 hereof for the holding of commercial paper
               in book-entry form but only if the Custodian has received a
               certified copy of a resolution of the Board approving the
               participation by the Trust in such system.

          (i)  The Custodian shall be deemed to have received "proper
               instructions" in respect of any of the matters referred to in
               this Agreement upon receipt of written or facsimile instructions
               signed by such one or more person or persons as the Board shall
               have from time to time authorized to give the particular class
               of instructions in question.  Different persons may be
               authorized to give instructions for different purposes.  A
               certified copy of a resolution of the Board may be received and
               accepted by the Custodian as conclusive evidence of the
               authority of any such person to act and may be considered as in
               full force and effect until receipt of written notice to the
               contrary.  Such instructions may be general or specific in terms
               and, where appropriate, may be standing instructions.  Unless
               the resolution delegating authority to any person or persons to
               give a particular class of instructions specifically requires
               that the approval of any person, persons or committee shall
               first have been obtained before the Custodian may act on
               instructions of that class, the Custodian shall be under no
               obligation to question the right of the person or persons giving
               such instructions in so doing.  Oral instructions will be
               considered proper instructions if the Custodian reasonably
               believes them to have been given by a person authorized to give
               such instructions with respect to the transaction involved.  The
               Trust shall cause all oral instructions to be confirmed in
               writing.  The Trust authorizes the Custodian to tape record any
               and all telephonic or other oral instructions given to the
               Custodian.  Upon receipt of a certificate signed by two officers
               of the Trust as to the authorization by the President and the
               Treasurer of the Trust accompanied by a detailed description of
               the communication procedures approved by the President and the

                                          2
<PAGE>






               Treasurer of the Trust, "proper instructions" may also include
               communications effected directly between electromechanical or
               electronic devices provided that the President and Treasurer of
               the Trust and the Custodian are satisfied that such procedures
               afford adequate safeguards for the Trust's assets.  In
               performing its duties generally, and more particularly in
               connection with the purchase, sale and exchange of securities
               made by or for the Trust, the Custodian may take cognizance of
               the provisions of the governing documents and registration
               statement of the Trust as the same may from time to time be in
               effect (and resolutions or proceedings of the holders of
               interests in the Trust or the Board), but, nevertheless, except
               as otherwise expressly provided herein, the Custodian may assume
               unless and until notified in writing to the contrary that
               so-called proper instructions received by it are not in conflict
               with or in any way contrary to any provisions of such governing
               documents and registration statement, or resolutions or
               proceedings of the holders of interests in the Trust or the
               Board.

          (j)  The term "Vote" when used with respect to the Board or the
               Holders of Interests in the Trust shall include a vote,
               resolution, consent, proceeding and other action taken by the
               Board or Holders in accordance with the Declaration of Trust or
               By-Laws of the Trust.

     2.   Employment of Custodian and Property to be Held by It

          The Trust hereby appoints and employs the Bank as its Custodian and
     Agent in accordance with and subject to the provisions hereof, and the
     Bank hereby accepts such appointment and employment.  The Trust agrees to
     deliver to the Custodian all securities, participation interests, cash and
     other assets owned by it, and all payments of income, payments of
     principal and capital distributions and adjustments received by it with
     respect to all securities and participation interests owned by the Trust
     from time to time, and the cash consideration received by it from time to
     time in exchange for an interest in the Trust or for an increase in such
     an interest.  The Custodian shall not be responsible for any property of
     the Trust held by the Trust and not delivered by the Trust to the
     Custodian.  The Trust will also deliver to the Bank from time to time
     copies of its currently effective declaration of trust, by-laws,
     registration statement and placement agent agreement with its placement
     agent, together with such resolutions, and other proceedings of the Trust
     as may be necessary for or convenient to the Bank in the performance of
     its duties hereunder.

          The Custodian may from time to time employ one or more subcustodians
     to perform such acts and services upon such terms and conditions as shall
     be approved from time to time by the Board.  Any such subcustodian so
     employed by the Custodian shall be deemed to be the agent of the
     Custodian, and the Custodian shall remain primarily responsible for the
     securities, participation interests, moneys and other property of the

                                          3
<PAGE>






     Trust held by such subcustodian.  Any foreign subcustodian shall be a bank
     or trust company which is an eligible foreign custodian within the meaning
     of Rule 17f-5 under the Investment Company Act of 1940, and the foreign
     custody arrangements shall be approved by the Board and shall be in
     accordance with and subject to the provisions of said Rule.  For the
     purposes of this Agreement, any property of the Trust held by any such
     subcustodian (domestic or foreign) shall be deemed to be held by the
     Custodian under the terms of this Agreement.

     3.   Duties of the Custodian with Respect to Property of the     Trust 

          A.   Safekeeping and Holding of Property  The Custodian shall keep
               safely all property of the Trust and on behalf of the Trust
               shall from time to time receive delivery of Trust property for
               safekeeping.  The Custodian shall hold, earmark and segregate on
               its books and records for the account of the Trust all property
               of the Trust, including all securities, participation interests
               and other assets of the Trust (1) physically held by the
               Custodian, (2) held by any subcustodian referred to in Section 2
               hereof or by any agent referred to in Paragraph K hereof, (3)
               held by or maintained in The Depository Trust Company or in
               Participants Trust Company or in an Approved Clearing Agency or
               in the Federal Book-Entry System or in an Approved Foreign
               Securities Depository, each of which from time to time is
               referred to herein as a "Securities System", and (4) held by the
               Custodian or by any subcustodian referred to in Section 2 hereof
               and maintained in any Approved Book-Entry System for Commercial
               Paper.

          B.   Delivery of Securities The Custodian shall release and deliver
               securities or participation interests owned by the Trust held
               (or deemed to be held) by the Custodian or maintained in a
               Securities System account or in an Approved Book-Entry System
               for Commercial Paper account only upon receipt of proper
               instructions, which may be continuing instructions when deemed
               appropriate by the parties, and only in the following cases:

               1)   Upon sale of such securities or participation interests for
                    the account of the Trust, but only against receipt of
                    payment therefor; if delivery is made in Boston or New York
                    City, payment therefor shall be made in accordance with
                    generally accepted clearing house procedures or by use of
                    Federal Reserve Wire System procedures; if delivery is made
                    elsewhere payment therefor shall be in accordance with the
                    then current "street delivery" custom or in accordance with
                    such procedures agreed to in writing from time to time by
                    the parties hereto; if the sale is effected through a
                    Securities System, delivery and payment therefor shall be
                    made in accordance with the provisions of Paragraph L
                    hereof; if the sale of commercial paper is to be effected
                    through an Approved Book-Entry System for Commercial Paper,
                    delivery and payment therefor shall be made in accordance

                                          4
<PAGE>






                    with the provisions of Paragraph M hereof; if the
                    securities are to be sold outside the United States,
                    delivery may be made in accordance with procedures agreed
                    to in writing from time to time by the parties hereto; for
                    the purposes of this subparagraph, the term "sale" shall
                    include the disposition of a portfolio security (i) upon
                    the exercise of an option written by the Trust and (ii)
                    upon the failure by the Trust to make a successful bid with
                    respect to a portfolio security, the continued holding of
                    which is contingent upon the making of such a bid;

               2)   Upon the receipt of payment in connection with any
                    repurchase agreement or reverse repurchase agreement
                    relating to such securities and entered into by the Trust;

               3)   To the depository agent in connection with tender or other
                    similar offers for portfolio securities of the Trust;

               4)   To the issuer thereof or its agent when such securities or
                    participation interests are called, redeemed, retired or
                    otherwise become payable; provided that, in any such case,
                    the cash or other consideration is to be delivered to the
                    Custodian or any subcustodian employed pursuant to Section
                    2 hereof;

               5)   To the issuer thereof, or its agent, for transfer into the
                    name of the Trust or into the name of any nominee of the
                    Custodian or into the name or nominee name of any agent
                    appointed pursuant to Paragraph K hereof or into the name
                    or nominee name of any subcustodian employed pursuant to
                    Section 2 hereof; or for exchange for a different number of
                    bonds, certificates or other evidence representing the same
                    aggregate face amount or number of units; provided that, in
                    any such case, the new securities or participation
                    interests are to be delivered to the Custodian or any
                    subcustodian employed pursuant to Section 2 hereof;

               6)   To the broker selling the same for examination in
                    accordance with the "street delivery" custom; provided that
                    the Custodian shall adopt such procedures as the Trust from
                    time to time shall approve to ensure their prompt return to
                    the Custodian by the broker in the event the broker elects
                    not to accept them;

               7)   For exchange or conversion pursuant to any plan of merger,
                    consolidation, recapitalization, reorganization or
                    readjustment of the securities of the issuer of such
                    securities, or pursuant to provisions for conversion of
                    such securities, or pursuant to any deposit agreement;
                    provided that, in any such case, the new securities and
                    cash, if any, are to be delivered to the Custodian or any
                    subcustodian employed pursuant to Section 2 hereof;

                                          5
<PAGE>






               8)   In the case of warrants, rights or similar securities, the
                    surrender thereof in connection with the exercise of such
                    warrants, rights or similar securities, or the surrender of
                    interim receipts or temporary securities for definitive
                    securities; provided that, in any such case, the new
                    securities and cash, if any, are to be delivered to the
                    Custodian or any subcustodian employed pursuant to Section
                    2 hereof;

               9)   For delivery in connection with any loans of securities
                    made by the Trust (such loans to be made pursuant to the
                    terms of the Trust's current registration statement), but
                    only against receipt of adequate collateral as agreed upon
                    from time to time by the Custodian and the Trust, which may
                    be in the form of cash or obligations issued by the United
                    States government, its agencies or instrumentalities;
                    except that in connection with any securities loans for
                    which collateral is to be credited to the Custodian's
                    account in the book-entry system authorized by the U.S.
                    Department of Treasury, the Custodian will not be held
                    liable or responsible for the delivery of securities loaned
                    by the Trust prior to the receipt of such collateral;

               10)  For delivery as security in connection with any borrowings
                    by the Trust requiring a pledge or hypothecation of assets
                    by the Trust (if then permitted under circumstances
                    described in the current registration statement of the
                    Trust), provided, that the securities shall be released
                    only upon payment to the Custodian of the monies borrowed,
                    except that in cases where additional collateral is
                    required to secure a borrowing already made, further
                    securities may be released for that purpose; upon receipt
                    of proper instructions, the Custodian may pay any such loan
                    upon redelivery to it of the securities pledged or
                    hypothecated therefor and upon surrender of the note or
                    notes evidencing the loan;

               11)  When required for delivery in connection with any
                    redemption or repurchase of an interest in the Trust in
                    accordance with the provisions of Paragraph J hereof;

               12)  For delivery in accordance with the provisions of any
                    agreement between the Custodian (or a subcustodian employed
                    pursuant to Section 2 hereof) and a broker-dealer
                    registered under the Securities Exchange Act of 1934 and,
                    if necessary, the Trust, relating to compliance with the
                    rules of The Options Clearing Corporation or of any
                    registered national securities exchange, or of any similar
                    organization or organizations, regarding deposit or escrow
                    or other arrangements in connection with options
                    transactions by the Trust;


                                          6
<PAGE>






               13)  For delivery in accordance with the provisions of any
                    agreement among the Trust, the Custodian (or a subcustodian
                    employed pursuant to Section 2 hereof), and a futures
                    commissions merchant, relating to compliance with the rules
                    of the Commodity Futures Trading Commission and/or of any
                    contract market or commodities exchange or similar
                    organization, regarding futures margin account deposits or
                    payments in connection with futures transactions by the
                    Trust;

               14)  For any other proper corporate purpose, but only upon
                    receipt of, in addition to proper instructions, a certified
                    copy of a resolution of the Board specifying the securities
                    to be delivered, setting forth the purpose for which such
                    delivery is to be made, declaring such purpose to be proper
                    corporate purpose, and naming the person or persons to whom
                    delivery of such securities shall be made.

          C.   Registration of Securities  Securities held by the Custodian
               (other than bearer securities) for the account of the Trust
               shall be registered in the name of the Trust or in the name of
               any nominee of the Trust or of any nominee of the Custodian, or
               in the name or nominee name of any agent appointed pursuant to
               Paragraph K hereof, or in the name or nominee name of any
               subcustodian employed pursuant to Section 2 hereof, or in the
               name or nominee name of The Depository Trust Company or
               Participants Trust Company or Approved Clearing Agency or
               Federal Book-Entry System or Approved Book-Entry System for
               Commercial Paper; provided, that securities are held in an
               account of the Custodian or of such agent or of such
               subcustodian containing only assets of the Trust or only assets
               held by the Custodian or such agent or such subcustodian as a
               custodian or subcustodian or in a fiduciary capacity for
               customers.  All certificates for securities accepted by the
               Custodian or any such agent or subcustodian on behalf of the
               Trust shall be in "street" or other good delivery form or shall
               be returned to the selling broker or dealer who shall be advised
               of the reason thereof.

          D.   Bank Accounts  The Custodian shall open and maintain a separate
               bank account or accounts in the name of the Trust, subject only
               to draft or order by the Custodian acting in pursuant to the
               terms of this Agreement, and shall hold in such account or
               accounts, subject to the provisions hereof, all cash received by
               it from or for the account of the Trust other than cash
               maintained by the Trust in a bank account established and used
               in accordance with Rule 17f-3 under the Investment Company Act
               of 1940.  Funds held by the Custodian for the Trust may be
               deposited by it to its credit as Custodian in the Banking
               Department of the Custodian or in such other banks or trust
               companies as the Custodian may in its discretion deem necessary
               or desirable; provided, however, that every such bank or trust

                                          7
<PAGE>






               company shall be qualified to act as a custodian under the
               Investment Company Act of 1940 and that each such bank or trust
               company and the funds to be deposited with each such bank or
               trust company shall be approved in writing by two officers of
               the Trust.  Such funds shall be deposited by the Custodian in
               its capacity as Custodian and shall be subject to withdrawal
               only by the Custodian in that capacity.

          E.   Payments for Interests, or Increases in Interests, in the Trust 
               The Custodian shall make appropriate arrangements with the
               Transfer Agent of the Trust to enable the Custodian to make
               certain it promptly receives the cash or other consideration due
               to the Trust for payment of interests in the Trust, or increases
               in such interests, in accordance with the governing documents
               and registration statement of the Trust.  The Custodian will
               provide prompt notification to the Trust of any receipt by it of
               such payments.

          F.   Investment and Availability of Federal Funds  Upon agreement
               between the Trust and the Custodian, the Custodian shall, upon
               the receipt of proper instructions, which may be continuing
               instructions when deemed appropriate by the parties, invest in
               such securities and instruments as may be set forth in such
               instructions on the same day as received all federal funds
               received after a time agreed upon between the Custodian and the
               Trust.

          G.   Collections  The Custodian shall promptly collect all income and
               other payments with respect to registered securities held
               hereunder to which the Trust shall be entitled either by law or
               pursuant to custom in the securities business, and shall
               promptly collect all income and other payments with respect to
               bearer securities if, on the date of payment by the issuer, such
               securities are held by the Custodian or agent thereof and shall
               credit such income, as collected, to the Trust's custodian
               account.  The Custodian shall do all things necessary and proper
               in connection with such prompt collections and, without limiting
               the generality of the foregoing, the  Custodian shall

               1)   Present for payment all coupons and other income items
                    requiring presentations;

               2)   Present for payment all securities which may mature or be
                    called, redeemed, retired or otherwise become payable;

               3)   Endorse and deposit for collection, in the name of the
                    Trust, checks, drafts or other negotiable instruments;

               4)   Credit income from securities maintained in a Securities
                    System or in an Approved Book-Entry System for Commercial
                    Paper at the time funds become available to the Custodian;
                    in the case of securities maintained in The Depository

                                          8
<PAGE>






                    Trust Company funds shall be deemed available to the Trust
                    not later than the opening of business on the first
                    business day after receipt of such funds by the Custodian.

               The Custodian shall notify the Trust as soon as reasonably
               practicable whenever income due on any security is not promptly
               collected.  In any case in which the Custodian does not receive
               any due and unpaid income after it has made demand for the same,
               it shall immediately so notify the Trust in writing, enclosing
               copies of any demand letter, any written response thereto, and
               memoranda of all oral responses thereto and to telephonic
               demands, and await instructions from the Trust; the Custodian
               shall in no case have any liability for any nonpayment of such
               income provided the Custodian meets the standard of care set
               forth in Section 8 hereof.  The Custodian shall not be obligated
               to take legal action for collection unless and until reasonably
               indemnified to its satisfaction.

               The Custodian shall also receive and collect all stock
               dividends, rights and other items of like nature, and deal with
               the same pursuant to proper instructions relative thereto.

          H.   Payment of Trust Monies  Upon receipt of proper instructions,
               which may be continuing instructions when deemed appropriate by
               the parties, the Custodian shall pay out monies of the Trust in
               the following cases only:

               1)   Upon the purchase of securities, participation interests,
                    options, futures contracts, forward contracts and options
                    on futures contracts purchased for the account of the Trust
                    but only (a) against the receipt of

                         (i) such securities registered as provided in
                         Paragraph C hereof or in proper form for transfer or

                         (ii) detailed instructions signed by an officer of the
                         Trust regarding the participation interests to be
                         purchased or

                         (iii) written confirmation of the purchase by the
                         Trust of the options, futures contracts, forward
                         contracts or options on futures contracts by the
                         Custodian (or by a subcustodian employed pursuant to
                         Section 2 hereof or by a clearing corporation of a
                         national securities exchange of which the Custodian is
                         a member or by any bank, banking institution or trust
                         company doing business in the United States or abroad
                         which is qualified under the Investment Company Act of
                         1940 to act as a custodian and which has been
                         designated by the Custodian as its agent for this
                         purpose or by the agent specifically designated in
                         such instructions as representing the purchasers of a

                                          9
<PAGE>






                         new issue of privately placed securities); (b) in the
                         case of a purchase effected through a Securities
                         System, upon receipt of the securities by the
                         Securities System in accordance with the conditions
                         set forth in Paragraph L hereof; (c) in the case of a
                         purchase of commercial paper effected through an
                         Approved Book-Entry System for Commercial Paper, upon
                         receipt of the paper by the Custodian or subcustodian
                         in accordance with the conditions set forth in
                         Paragraph M hereof; (d) in the case of repurchase
                         agreements entered into between the Trust and another
                         bank or a broker-dealer, against receipt by the
                         Custodian of the securities underlying the repurchase
                         agreement either in certificate form or through an
                         entry crediting the Custodian's segregated,
                         non-proprietary account at the Federal Reserve Bank of
                         Boston with such securities along with written
                         evidence of the agreement by the bank or broker-dealer
                         to repurchase such securities from the Trust; or (e)
                         with respect to securities purchased outside of the
                         United States, in accordance with written procedures
                         agreed to from time to time in writing by the parties
                         hereto;

                    2)   When required in connection with the conversion,
                         exchange or surrender of securities owned by the Trust
                         as set forth in Paragraph B hereof;

                    3)   When required for the reduction or redemption of an
                         interest in the Trust in accordance with the
                         provisions of Paragraph J hereof;

                    4)   For the payment of any expense or liability incurred
                         by the Trust, including but not limited to the
                         following payments for the account of the Trust: 
                         advisory fees, interest, taxes, management
                         compensation and expenses, accounting, transfer agent
                         and legal fees, and other operating expenses of the
                         Trust whether or not such expenses are to be in whole
                         or part capitalized or treated as deferred expenses;

                    5)   For distributions or payment to Holders of Interest in
                         the Trust; and

                    6)   For any other proper corporate purpose, but only upon
                         receipt of, in addition to proper instructions, a
                         certified copy of a resolution of the Board,
                         specifying the amount of such payment, setting forth
                         the purpose for which such payment is to be made,
                         declaring such purpose to be a proper corporate
                         purpose, and naming the person or persons to whom such
                         payment is to be made.

                                          10
<PAGE>






          I.   Liability for Payment in Advance of Receipt of Securities
               Purchased  In any and every case where payment for purchase of
               securities for the account of the Trust is made by the Custodian
               in advance of receipt of the securities purchased in the absence
               of specific written instructions signed by two officers of the
               Trust to so pay in advance, the Custodian shall be absolutely
               liable to the Trust for such securities to the same extent as if
               the securities had been received by the Custodian; except that
               in the case of a repurchase agreement entered into by the Trust
               with a bank which is a member of the Federal Reserve System, the
               Custodian may transfer trusts to the account of such bank prior
               to the receipt of (i) the securities in certificate form subject
               to such repurchase agreement or (ii) written evidence that the
               securities subject to such repurchase agreement have been
               transferred by book-entry into a segregated non-proprietary
               account of the Custodian maintained with the Federal Reserve
               Bank of Boston or (iii) the safekeeping receipt, provided that
               such securities have in fact been so transferred by book-entry
               and the written repurchase agreement is received by the
               Custodian in due course; and except that if the securities are
               to be purchased outside the United States, payment may be made
               in accordance with procedures agreed to in writing from time to
               time by the parties hereto.

          J.   Payments for Repurchases or Redemptions of Interests in the
               Trust  From such funds as may be available for the purpose, but
               subject to any applicable resolutions of the Board and the
               current procedures of the Trust, the Custodian shall, upon
               receipt of written instructions from the Trust or from the
               Trust's Transfer Agent, make funds and/or portfolio securities
               available for payment to Holders of Interest in the Trust who
               have caused the amount of their interests to be reduced, or for
               their interest to be redeemed.

          K.   Appointment of Agents by the Custodian  The Custodian may at any
               time or times in its discretion appoint (and may at any time
               remove) any other bank or trust company (provided such bank or
               trust company is itself qualified under the Investment Company
               Act of 1940 to act as a custodian or is itself an eligible
               foreign custodian within the meaning of Rule 17f-5 under said
               Act) as the agent of the Custodian to carry out such of the
               duties and functions of the Custodian described in this Section
               3 as the Custodian may from time to time direct; provided,
               however, that the appointment of any such agent shall not
               relieve the Custodian of any of its responsibilities or
               liabilities hereunder, and as between the Trust and the
               Custodian the Custodian shall be fully responsible for the acts
               and omissions of any such agent.  For the purposes of this
               Agreement, any property of the Trust held by any such agent
               shall be deemed to be held by the Custodian hereunder.



                                          11
<PAGE>






          L.   Deposit of Trust Portfolio Securities in Securities Systems  The
               Custodian may deposit and/or maintain securities owned by the
               Trust

                    (1)  in The Depository Trust Company;

                    (2)  in Participants Trust Company;

                    (3)  in any other Approved Clearing Agency;

                    (4)  in the Federal Book-Entry System; or

                    (5)  in an Approved Foreign Securities Depository

               in each case only in accordance with applicable Federal Reserve
               Board and Securities and Exchange Commission rules and
               regulations, and at all times subject to the following
               provisions:

               (a)  The Custodian may (either directly or through one or more
               subcustodians employed pursuant to Section 2 keep securities of
               the Trust in a Securities System provided that such securities
               are maintained in a non-proprietary account ("Account") of the
               Custodian or such subcustodian in the Securities System which
               shall not include any assets of the Custodian or such
               subcustodian or any other person other than assets held by the
               Custodian or such subcustodian as a fiduciary, custodian, or
               otherwise for its customers.

               (b)  The records of the Custodian with respect to securities of
               the Trust which are maintained in a Securities System shall
               identify by book-entry those securities belonging to the Trust,
               and the Custodian shall be fully and completely responsible for
               maintaining a recordkeeping system capable of accurately and
               currently stating the Trust's holdings maintained in each such
               Securities System.

               (c)  The Custodian shall pay for securities purchased in
               book-entry form for the account of the Trust only upon (i)
               receipt of notice or advice from the Securities System that such
               securities have been transferred to the Account, and (ii) the
               making of any entry on the records of the Custodian to reflect
               such payment and transfer for the account of the Trust.  The
               Custodian shall transfer securities sold for the account of the
               Trust only upon (i) receipt of notice or advice from the
               Securities System that payment for such securities has been
               transferred to the Account, and (ii) the making of an entry on
               the records of the Custodian to reflect such transfer and
               payment for the account of the Trust. Copies of all notices or
               advices from the Securities System of transfers of securities
               for the account of the Trust shall identify the Trust, be
               maintained for the Trust by the Custodian and be promptly

                                          12
<PAGE>






               provided to the Trust at its request.  The Custodian shall
               promptly send to the Trust confirmation of each transfer to or
               from the account of the Trust in the form of a written advice or
               notice of each such transaction, and shall furnish to the Trust
               copies of daily transaction sheets reflecting each day's
               transactions in the Securities System for the account of the
               Trust on the next business day.

               (d)  The Custodian shall promptly send to the Trust any report
               or other communication received or obtained by the Custodian
               relating to the Securities System's accounting system, system of
               internal accounting controls or procedures for safeguarding
               securities deposited in the Securities System; the Custodian
               shall promptly send to the Trust any report or other
               communication relating to the Custodian's internal accounting
               controls and procedures for safeguarding securities deposited in
               any Securities System; and the Custodian shall ensure that any
               agent appointed pursuant to Paragraph K hereof or any
               subcustodian employed pursuant to Section 2 hereof shall
               promptly send to the Trust and to the Custodian any report or
               other communication relating to such agent's or subcustodian's
               internal accounting controls and procedures for safeguarding
               securities deposited in any Securities System.  The Custodian's
               books and records  relating to the Trust's participation in each
               Securities System will at all times during regular business
               hours be open to the inspection of the Trust's authorized
               officers, employees or agents.

               (e)  The Custodian shall not act under this Paragraph L in the
               absence of receipt of a certificate of an officer of the Trust
               that the Board has approved the use of a particular Securities
               System; the Custodian shall also obtain appropriate assurance
               from the officers of the Trust that the Board has annually
               reviewed the continued use by the Trust of each Securities
               System, and the Trust shall promptly notify the Custodian if the
               use of a Securities System is to be discontinued; at the request
               of the Trust, the Custodian will terminate the use of any such
               Securities System as promptly as practicable.

               (f)  Anything to the contrary in this Agreement notwithstanding,
               the Custodian shall be liable to the Trust for any loss or
               damage to the Trust resulting from use of the Securities System
               by reason of any negligence, misfeasance or misconduct of the
               Custodian or any of its agents or subcustodians or of any of its
               or their employees or from any failure of the Custodian or any
               such agent or subcustodian to enforce effectively such rights as
               it may have against the Securities System or any other person;
               at the election of the Trust, it shall be entitled to be
               subrogated to the rights of the Custodian with respect to any
               claim against the Securities System or any other person which
               the Custodian may have as a consequence of any such loss or


                                          13
<PAGE>






               damage if and to the extent that the Trust has not been made
               whole for any such loss or damage.

          M.   Deposit of Trust Commercial Paper in an Approved Book-Entry
               System for Commercial Paper  Upon receipt of proper instructions
               with respect to each issue of direct issue commercial paper
               purchased by the Trust, the Custodian may deposit and/or
               maintain direct issue commercial paper owned by the Trust in any
               Approved Book-Entry System for Commercial Paper, in each case
               only in accordance with applicable Securities and Exchange
               Commission rules, regulations, and no-action correspondence, and
               at all times subject to the following provisions:

               (a)  The Custodian may (either directly or through one or more
               subcustodians employed pursuant to Section 2) keep commercial
               paper of the Trust in an Approved Book-Entry System for
               Commercial Paper, provided that such paper is issued in book
               entry form by the Custodian or subcustodian on behalf of an
               issuer with which the Custodian or subcustodian has entered into
               a book-entry agreement and provided further that such paper is
               maintained in a non-proprietary account ("Account") of the
               Custodian or such subcustodian in an Approved Book-Entry System
               for Commercial Paper which shall not include any assets of the
               Custodian or such subcustodian or any other person other than
               assets held by the Custodian or such subcustodian as a
               fiduciary, custodian, or otherwise for its customers.

               (b)  The records of the Custodian with respect to commercial
               paper of the Trust which is maintained in an Approved Book-Entry
               System for Commercial Paper shall identify by book-entry each
               specific issue of commercial paper purchased by the Trust which
               is included in the Securities System and shall at all times
               during regular business hours be open for inspection by
               authorized officers, employees or agents of the Trust.  The
               Custodian shall be fully and completely responsible for
               maintaining a recordkeeping system capable of accurately and
               currently stating the Trust's holdings of commercial paper
               maintained in each such System.

               (c)  The Custodian shall pay for commercial paper purchased in
               book-entry form for the account of the Trust only upon
               contemporaneous (i) receipt of notice or advice from the issuer
               that such paper has been issued, sold and transferred to the
               Account, and (ii) the making of an entry on the records of the
               Custodian to reflect such purchase, payment and transfer for the
               account of the Trust.  The Custodian shall transfer such
               commercial paper which is sold or cancel such commercial paper
               which is redeemed for the account of the Trust only upon
               contemporaneous (i) receipt of notice or advice that payment for
               such paper has been transferred to the Account, and (ii) the
               making of an entry on the records of the Custodian to reflect
               such transfer or redemption and payment for the account of the

                                          14
<PAGE>






               Trust. Copies of all notices, advices and confirmations of
               transfers of commercial paper for the account of the Trust shall
               identify the Trust, be maintained for the Trust by the Custodian
               and be promptly provided to the Trust at its request.  The
               Custodian shall promptly send to the Trust confirmation of each
               transfer to or from the account of the Trust in the form of a
               written advice or notice of each such transaction, and shall
               furnish to the Trust copies of daily transaction sheets
               reflecting each day's transactions in the System for the account
               of the Trust on the next business day.

               (d)  The Custodian shall promptly send to the Trust any report
               or other communication received or obtained by the Custodian
               relating to each System's accounting system, system of internal
               accounting controls or procedures for safeguarding commercial
               paper deposited in the System; the Custodian shall promptly send
               to the Trust any report or other communication relating to the
               Custodian's internal accounting controls and procedures for
               safeguarding commercial paper deposited in any Approved
               Book-Entry System for Commercial Paper; and the Custodian shall
               ensure that any agent appointed pursuant to Paragraph K hereof
               or any subcustodian employed pursuant to Section 2 hereof shall
               promptly send to the Trust and to the Custodian any report or
               other communication relating to such agent's or subcustodian's
               internal accounting controls and procedures for safeguarding
               securities deposited in any Approved Book-Entry System for
               Commercial Paper.

               (e)  The Custodian shall not act under this Paragraph M in the
               absence of receipt of a certificate of an officer of the Trust
               that the Board has approved the use of a particular Approved
               Book-Entry System for Commercial Paper; the Custodian shall also
               obtain appropriate assurance from the officers of the Trust that
               the Board has annually reviewed the continued use by the Trust
               of each Approved Book-Entry System for Commercial Paper, and the
               Trust shall promptly notify the Custodian if the use of an
               Approved Book-Entry System for Commercial Paper is to be
               discontinued; at the request of the Trust, the Custodian will
               terminate the use of any such System as promptly as practicable.

               (f)  The Custodian (or subcustodian, if the Approved Book-Entry
               System for Commercial Paper is maintained by the subcustodian)
               shall issue physical commercial paper or promissory notes
               whenever requested to do so by the Trust or in the event of an
               electronic system failure which impedes issuance, transfer or
               custody of direct issue commercial paper by book-entry.

               (g)  Anything to the contrary in this Agreement notwithstanding,
               the Custodian shall be liable to the Trust for any loss or
               damage to the Trust resulting from use of any Approved
               Book-Entry System for Commercial Paper by reason of any
               negligence, misfeasance or misconduct of the Custodian or any of

                                          15
<PAGE>






               its agents or subcustodians or of any of its or their employees
               or from any failure of the Custodian or any such agent or
               subcustodian to enforce effectively such rights as it may have
               against the System, the issuer of the commercial paper or any
               other person; at the election of the Trust, it shall be entitled
               to be subrogated to the rights of the Custodian with respect to
               any claim against the System, the issuer of the commercial paper
               or any other person which the Custodian may have as a
               consequence of any such loss or damage if and to the extent that
               the Trust has not been made whole for any such loss or damage.

          N.   Segregated Account  The Custodian shall upon receipt of proper
               instructions establish and maintain a segregated account or
               accounts for and on behalf of the Trust, into which account or
               accounts may be transferred cash and/or securities, including
               securities maintained in an account by the Custodian pursuant to
               Paragraph L hereof, (i) in accordance with the provisions of any
               agreement among the Trust, the Custodian and any registered
               broker-dealer (or any futures commission merchant), relating to
               compliance with the rules of the Options Clearing Corporation
               and of any registered national securities exchange (or of the
               Commodity Futures Trading Commission or of any contract market
               or commodities exchange), or of any similar organization or
               organizations, regarding escrow or deposit or other arrangements
               in connection with transactions by the Trust, (ii) for purposes
               of segregating cash or U.S. Government securities in connection
               with options  purchased, sold or written by the Trust or futures
               contracts or options thereon purchased or sold by the Trust,
               (iii) for the purposes of compliance by the Trust with the
               procedures required by Investment Company Act Release No. 10666,
               or any subsequent release or releases of the Securities and
               Exchange Commission relating to the maintenance of segregated
               accounts by registered investment companies and (iv) for other
               proper purposes, but only, in the case of clause (iv), upon
               receipt of, in addition to proper instructions, a certificate
               signed by two officers of the Trust, setting forth the purpose
               such segregated account and declaring such purpose to be a
               proper purpose.

          O.   Ownership Certificates for Tax Purposes  The Custodian shall
               execute ownership and other certificates and affidavits for all
               federal and state tax purposes in connection with receipt of
               income or other payments with respect to securities of the Trust
               held by it and in connection with transfers of securities.

          P.   Proxies  The Custodian shall, with respect to the securities
               held by it hereunder, cause to be promptly delivered to the
               Trust all forms of proxies and all notices of meetings and any
               other notices or announcements or other written information
               affecting or relating to the securities, and upon receipt of
               proper instructions shall execute and deliver or cause its
               nominee to execute and deliver such proxies or other

                                          16
<PAGE>






               authorizations as may be required. Neither the Custodian nor its
               nominee shall vote upon any of the securities or execute any
               proxy to vote thereon or give any consent or take any other
               action with respect thereto (except as otherwise herein
               provided) unless ordered to do so by proper instructions.

          Q.   Communications Relating to Trust Portfolio Securities  The
               Custodian shall deliver promptly to the Trust all written
               information (including, without limitation, pendency of call and
               maturities of securities and participation interests and
               expirations of rights in connection therewith and notices of
               exercise of call and put options written by the Trust and the
               maturity of futures contracts purchased or sold by the Trust)
               received by the Custodian from issuers and other persons
               relating to the securities and participation interests being
               held for the Trust.  With respect to tender or exchange offers,
               the Custodian shall deliver promptly to the Trust all written
               information received by the Custodian from issuers and other
               persons relating to the securities and participation interests
               whose tender or exchange is sought and from the party (or his
               agents) making the tender or exchange offer.

          R.   Exercise of Rights; Tender Offers  In the case of tender offers,
               similar offers to purchase or exercise rights (including,
               without limitation, pendency of calls and maturities of
               securities and participation interests and expirations of rights
               in connection therewith and notices of exercise of call and put
               options and the maturity of futures contracts) affecting or
               relating to securities and participation interests held by the
               Custodian under this Agreement, the Custodian shall have
               responsibility for promptly notifying the Trust of all such
               offers in accordance with the standard of reasonable care set
               forth in Section 8 hereof.  For all such offers for which the
               Custodian is responsible as provided in this Paragraph R, the
               Trust shall have responsibility for providing the Custodian with
               all necessary instructions in timely fashion.  Upon receipt of
               proper instructions, the Custodian shall timely deliver to the
               issuer or trustee thereof, or to the agent of either, warrants,
               puts, calls, rights or similar securities for the purpose of
               being exercised or sold upon proper receipt therefor and upon
               receipt of assurances satisfactory to the Custodian that the new
               securities and cash, if any, acquired by such action are to be
               delivered to the Custodian or any subcustodian employed pursuant
               to Section 2 hereof.  Upon receipt of proper instructions, the
               Custodian shall timely deposit securities upon invitations for
               tenders of securities upon proper receipt therefor and upon
               receipt of assurances satisfactory to the Custodian that the
               consideration to be paid or delivered or the tendered securities
               are to be returned to the Custodian or subcustodian employed
               pursuant to Section 2 hereof.  Notwithstanding any provision of
               this Agreement to the contrary, the Custodian shall take all
               necessary action, unless otherwise directed to the contrary by

                                          17
<PAGE>






               proper instructions, to comply with the terms of all mandatory
               or compulsory exchanges, calls, tenders, redemptions, or similar
               rights of security ownership, and shall thereafter promptly
               notify the Trust in writing of such action.

          S.   Depository Receipts  The Custodian shall, upon receipt of proper
               instructions, surrender or cause to be surrendered foreign
               securities to the depository used by an issuer of American
               Depository Receipts or International Depository Receipts
               (hereinafter collectively referred to as "ADRs") for such
               securities, against a written receipt therefor adequately
               describing such securities and written evidence satisfactory to
               the Custodian that the depository has acknowledged receipt of
               instructions to issue with respect to such securities in the
               name of a nominee of the Custodian or in the name or nominee
               name of any subcustodian employed pursuant to Section 2 hereof,
               for delivery to the Custodian or such subcustodian at such place
               as the Custodian or such subcustodian may from time to time
               designate. The Custodian shall, upon receipt of proper
               instructions, surrender ADRs to the issuer thereof against a
               written receipt therefor adequately describing the ADRs
               surrendered and written evidence satisfactory to the Custodian
               that the issuer of the ADRs has acknowledged receipt of
               instructions to cause its depository to deliver the securities
               underlying such ADRs to the Custodian or to a subcustodian
               employed pursuant to Section 2 hereof.

          T.   Interest Bearing Call or Time Deposits  The Custodian shall,
               upon receipt of proper instructions, place interest bearing
               fixed term and call deposits with the banking department of such
               banking institution (other than the Custodian) and in such
               amounts as the Trust may designate.  Deposits may be denominated
               in U.S. Dollars or other currencies.  The Custodian shall
               include in its records with respect to the assets of the Trust
               appropriate notation as to the amount and currency of each such
               deposit, the accepting banking institution and other appropriate
               details and shall retain such forms of advice or receipt
               evidencing the deposit, if any, as may be forwarded to the
               Custodian by the banking institution.  Such deposits shall be
               deemed portfolio securities of the Trust for the purposes of
               this Agreement, and the Custodian shall be responsible for the
               collection of income from such accounts and the transmission of
               cash to and from such accounts.

          U.   Options, Futures Contracts and Foreign Currency Transactions

                    1.  Options.  The Custodian shall, upon receipt of proper
               instructions and in accordance with the provisions of any
               agreement between the Custodian, any registered broker-dealer
               and, if necessary, the Trust, relating to compliance with the
               rules of the Options Clearing Corporation or of any registered
               national securities exchange or similar organization or

                                          18
<PAGE>






               organizations, receive and retain confirmations or other
               documents, if any, evidencing the purchase or writing of an
               option on a security or securities index or other financial
               instrument or index by the Trust; deposit and maintain in a
               segregated account for the Trust, either physically or by
               book-entry in a Securities System, securities subject to a
               covered call option written by the Trust; and release and/or
               transfer such securities or other assets only in accordance with
               a notice or other communication evidencing the expiration,
               termination or exercise of such covered option furnished by the
               Options Clearing Corporation, the securities or options exchange
               on which such covered option is traded or such other
               organization as may be responsible for handling such options
               transactions.  The Custodian and the broker-dealer shall be
               responsible for the sufficiency of assets held in the Trust's
               segregated account in compliance with applicable margin
               maintenance requirements.

                    2.   Futures Contracts  The Custodian shall, upon   receipt
               of proper instructions, receive and retain confirmations and
               other documents, if any, evidencing the purchase or sale of a
               futures contract or an option on a futures contract by the
               Trust; deposit and maintain in a segregated account, for the
               benefit of any futures commission merchant, assets designated by
               the Trust as initial, maintenance or variation "margin" deposits
               (including mark-to-market payments) intended to secure the
               Trust's performance of its obligations under any futures
               contracts purchased or sold or any options on futures contracts
               written by Trust, in accordance with the provisions of any
               agreement or agreements among the Trust, the Custodian and such
               futures commission merchant, designed to comply with the rules
               of the Commodity Futures Trading Commission and/or of any
               contract market or commodities exchange or similar organization
               regarding such margin deposits or payments; and release and/or
               transfer assets in such margin accounts only in accordance with
               any such agreements or rules.  The Custodian and the futures
               commission merchant shall be responsible for the sufficiency of
               assets held in the segregated account in compliance with the
               applicable margin maintenance and mark-to-market payment
               requirements.

                    3.  Foreign Exchange Transactions  The Custodian shall,
               pursuant to proper instructions, enter into or cause a
               subcustodian to enter into foreign exchange contracts or options
               to purchase and sell foreign currencies for spot and future
               delivery on behalf and for the account of the Trust.  Such
               transactions may be undertaken by the Custodian or subcustodian
               with such banking or financial institutions or other currency
               brokers, as set forth in proper instructions.  Foreign exchange
               contracts and options shall be deemed to be portfolio securities
               of the Trust; and accordingly, the responsibility of the
               Custodian therefor shall be the same as and no greater than the

                                          19
<PAGE>






               Custodian's responsibility in respect of other portfolio
               securities of the Trust.  The Custodian shall be responsible for
               the transmittal to and receipt of cash from the currency broker
               or banking or financial institution with which the contract or
               option is made, the maintenance of proper records with respect
               to the transaction and the maintenance of any segregated account
               required in connection with the transaction.  The Custodian
               shall have no duty with respect to the selection of the currency
               brokers or banking or financial institutions with which the
               Trust deals or for their failure to comply with the terms of any
               contract or option.  Without limiting the foregoing, it is
               agreed that upon receipt of proper instructions and insofar as
               funds are made available to the Custodian for the purpose, the
               Custodian may (if determined necessary by the Custodian to
               consummate a particular transaction on behalf and for the
               account of the Trust) make free outgoing payments of cash in the
               form of U.S. dollars or foreign currency before receiving
               confirmation of a foreign exchange contract or confirmation that
               the countervalue currency completing the foreign exchange
               contract has been delivered or received.  The Custodian shall
               not be responsible for any costs and interest charges which may
               be incurred by the Trust or the Custodian as a result of the
               failure or delay of third parties to deliver foreign exchange;
               provided that the Custodian shall nevertheless be held to the
               standard of care set forth in, and shall be liable to the Trust
               in accordance with, the provisions of Section 8.

          V.   Actions Permitted Without Express Authority  The Custodian may
               in its discretion, without express authority from the Trust:

               1)   make payments to itself or others for minor expenses of
                    handling securities or other similar items relating to its
                    duties under this Agreement, provided, that all such
                    payments shall be accounted for by the Custodian to the
                    Treasurer of the Trust;

               2)   surrender securities in temporary form for securities in
                    definitive form;

               3)   endorse for collection, in the name of the Trust, checks,
                    drafts and other negotiable instruments; and

               4)   in general, attend to all nondiscretionary details in
                    connection with the sale, exchange, substitution, purchase,
                    transfer and other dealings with the securities and
                    property of the Trust except as otherwise directed by the
                    Trust.

     4.   Duties of Bank with Respect to Books of Account and Calculations of
          Net Asset Value



                                          20
<PAGE>






          The Bank shall as Agent (or as Custodian, as the case may be) keep
     such books of account (including records showing the adjusted tax costs of
     the Trust's portfolio securities) and render as at the close of business
     on each day a detailed statement of the amounts received or paid out and
     of securities received or delivered for the account of the Trust during
     said day and such other statements, including a daily trial balance and
     inventory of the Trust's portfolio securities; and shall furnish such
     other financial information and data as from time to time requested by the
     Treasurer or any executive officer of the Trust; and shall compute and
     determine, as of the close of business of the New York Stock Exchange, or
     at such other time or times as the Board may determine, the net asset
     value of the Trust and the net asset value of each interest in the Trust,
     such computations and determinations to be made in accordance with the
     governing documents of the Trust and the votes and instructions of the
     Board and of the investment adviser at the time in force and applicable,
     and promptly notify the Trust and its investment adviser and such other
     persons as the Trust may request of the result of such computation and
     determination.  In computing the net asset value the Custodian may rely
     upon security quotations received by telephone or otherwise from sources
     or pricing services designated by the Trust by proper instructions, and
     may further rely upon information furnished to it by any authorized
     officer of the Trust relative (a) to liabilities of the Trust not
     appearing on its books of account, (b) to the existence, status and proper
     treatment of any reserve or reserves, (c) to any procedures or policies
     established by the Board regarding the valuation of portfolio securities
     or other assets, and (d) to the value to be assigned to any bond, note,
     debenture, Treasury bill, repurchase agreement, subscription right,
     security, participation interests or other asset or property for which
     market quotations are not readily available.  The Custodian shall also
     compute and determine at such time or times as the Trust may designate the
     portion of each item which has significance for a holder of an interest in
     the Trust in computing and determining its federal income tax liability
     including, but not limited to, each item of income, expense and realized
     and unrealized gain or loss of the Trust which is attributable for Federal
     income tax purposes to each such holder.

     5.   Records and Miscellaneous Duties

          The Bank shall create, maintain and preserve all records relating to
     its activities and obligations under this Agreement in such manner as will
     meet the obligations of the Trust under the Investment Company Act of
     1940, with particular attention to Section 31 thereof and Rules 31a-1 and
     31a-2 thereunder, applicable federal and state tax laws and any other law
     or administrative rules or procedures which may be applicable to the
     Trust.  All books of account and records maintained by the Bank in
     connection with the performance of its duties under this Agreement shall
     be the property of the Trust, shall at all times during the regular
     business hours of the Bank be open for inspection by authorized officers,
     employees or agents of the Trust, and in the event of termination of this
     Agreement shall be delivered to the Trust or to such other person or
     persons as shall be designated by the Trust.  Disposition of any account
     or record after any required period of preservation shall be only in

                                          21
<PAGE>






     accordance with specific instructions received from the Trust.  The Bank
     shall assist generally in the preparation of reports to holder of interest
     in the Trust, to the Securities and Exchange Commission, including Form
     N-SAR, and to others, audits of accounts, and other ministerial matters of
     like nature; and, upon request, shall furnish the Trust's auditors with an
     attested inventory of securities held with appropriate information as to
     securities in transit or in the process of purchase or sale and with such
     other information as said auditors may from time to time request.  The
     Custodian shall also maintain records of all receipts, deliveries and
     locations of such securities, together with a current inventory thereof,
     and shall conduct periodic verifications (including sampling counts at the
     Custodian) of certificates representing bonds and other securities for
     which it is responsible under this Agreement in such manner as the
     Custodian shall determine from time to time to be advisable in order to
     verify the accuracy of such inventory.  The Bank shall not disclose or use
     any books or records it has prepared or maintained by reason of this
     Agreement in any manner except as expressly authorized herein or directed
     by the Trust, and the Bank shall keep confidential any information
     obtained by reason of this Agreement.

     6.   Opinion of Trust's Independent Public Accountants

          The Custodian shall take all reasonable action, as the Trust may from
     time to time request, to enable the Trust to obtain from year to year
     favorable opinions from the Trust's independent public accountants with
     respect to its activities hereunder in connection with the preparation of
     the Trust's registration statement and Form N-SAR or other periodic
     reports to the Securities and Exchange Commission and with respect to any
     other requirements of such Commission.

     7.   Compensation and Expenses of Bank

          The Bank shall be entitled to reasonable compensation for its
     services as Custodian and Agent, as agreed upon from time to time between
     the Trust and the Bank.  The Bank shall be entitled to receive from the
     Trust on demand reimbursement for its cash disbursements, expenses and
     charges, including counsel fees, in connection with its duties as
     Custodian and Agent hereunder, but excluding salaries and usual overhead
     expenses.

     8.   Responsibility of Bank

          So long as and to the extent that it is in the exercise of reasonable
     care, the Bank as Custodian and Agent shall be held harmless in acting
     upon any notice, request, consent, certificate or other instrument
     reasonably believed by it to be genuine and to be signed by the proper
     party or parties.

          The Bank as Custodian and Agent shall be entitled to rely on and may
     act upon advice of counsel (who may be counsel for the Trust) on all
     matters, and shall be without liability for any action reasonably taken or
     omitted pursuant to such advice.

                                          22
<PAGE>






          The Bank as Custodian and Agent shall be held to the exercise of
     reasonable care in carrying out the provisions of this Agreement but shall
     be liable only for its own negligent or bad faith acts or failures to act. 
     Notwithstanding the foregoing, nothing contained in this paragraph is
     intended to nor shall it be construed to modify the standards of care and
     responsibility set forth in Section 2 hereof with respect to subcustodians
     and in subparagraph f of Paragraph L of Section 3 hereof with respect to
     Securities Systems and in subparagraph g of Paragraph M of Section 3
     hereof with respect to an Approved Book-Entry System for Commercial Paper.

          The Custodian shall be liable for the acts or omissions of a foreign
     banking institution to the same extent as set forth with respect to
     subcustodians generally in Section 2 hereof, provided that, regardless of
     whether assets are maintained in the custody of a foreign banking
     institution, a foreign securities depository or a branch of a U.S. bank,
     the Custodian shall not be liable for any loss, damage, cost, expense,
     liability or claim resulting from, or caused by, the direction of or
     authorization by the Trust to maintain custody of any securities or cash
     of the Trust in a foreign country including, but not limited to, losses
     resulting from nationalization, expropriation, currency restrictions, acts
     of war, civil war or terrorism, insurrection, revolution, military or
     usurped powers, nuclear fission, fusion or radiation, earthquake, storm or
     other disturbance of nature or acts of God.

          If the Trust requires the Bank in any capacity to take any action
     with respect to securities, which action involves the payment of money or
     which action may, in the opinion of the Bank, result in the Bank or its
     nominee assigned to the Trust being liable for the payment of money or
     incurring liability of some other form, the Trust, as a prerequisite to
     requiring the Custodian to take such action, shall provide indemnity to
     the Custodian in an amount and form satisfactory to it.

     9.   Persons Having Access to Assets of the Trust

          (i)  No trustee, officer, employee, or agent of the Trust shall have
     physical access to the assets of the Trust held by the Custodian or be
     authorized or permitted to withdraw any investments of the Trust, nor
     shall the Custodian deliver any assets of the Trust to any such person. 
     No officer or director, employee or agent of the Custodian who holds any
     similar position with the Trust or the investment adviser or the
     administrator of the Trust shall have access to the assets of the Trust.

          (ii)  Access to assets of the Trust held hereunder shall only be
     available to duly authorized officers, employees, representatives or
     agents of the Custodian or other persons or entities for whose actions the
     Custodian shall be responsible to the extent permitted hereunder, or to
     the Trust's independent public accountants in connection with their
     auditing duties performed on behalf of the Trust.

          (iii)  Nothing in this Section 9 shall prohibit any officer, employee
     or agent of the Trust or of the investment adviser of the Trust from
     giving instructions to the Custodian or executing a certificate so long as

                                          23
<PAGE>






     it does not result in delivery of or access to assets of the Trust
     prohibited by paragraph (i) of this Section 9.

     10.  Effective Period, Termination and Amendment; Successor Custodian

          This Agreement shall become effective as of its execution, shall
     continue in full force and effect until terminated as hereinafter
     provided, may be amended at any time by mutual agreement of the parties
     hereto and may be terminated by either party by an instrument in writing
     delivered or mailed, postage prepaid to the other party, such termination
     to take effect not sooner than sixty (60) days after the date of such
     delivery or mailing; provided, that the Trust may at any time by action of
     its Board, (i) substitute another bank or trust company for the Custodian
     by giving notice as described above to the Custodian, or
     (ii) immediately terminate this Agreement in the event of the appointment
     of a conservator or receiver for the Custodian by the Federal Deposit
     Insurance Corporation or by the Banking Commissioner of The Commonwealth
     of Massachusetts or upon the happening of a like event at the direction of
     an appropriate regulatory agency or court of competent jurisdiction.  Upon
     termination of the Agreement, the Trust shall pay to the Custodian such
     compensation as may be due as of the date of such termination and shall
     likewise reimburse the Custodian for its costs, expenses and
     disbursements.

          Unless the holders of a majority of the outstanding "voting
     securities" of the Trust (as defined in the Investment Company Act of
     1940) vote to have the securities, funds and other properties held
     hereunder delivered and paid over to some other bank or trust company,
     specified in the vote, having not less than $2,000,000 of aggregate
     capital, surplus and undivided profits, as shown by its last published
     report, and meeting such other qualifications for custodians set forth in
     the Investment Company Act of 1940, the Board shall, forthwith, upon
     giving or receiving notice of termination of this Agreement, appoint as
     successor custodian, a bank or trust company having such qualifications. 
     The Bank, as Custodian, Agent or otherwise, shall, upon termination of the
     Agreement, deliver to such successor custodian, all securities then held
     hereunder and all funds or other properties of the Trust deposited with or
     held by the Bank hereunder and all books of account and records kept by
     the Bank pursuant to this Agreement, and all documents held by the Bank
     relative thereto.  In the event that no such vote has been adopted by the
     Holders of Interest in the Trust and that no written order designating a
     successor custodian shall have been delivered to the Bank on or before the
     date when such termination shall become effective, then the Bank shall not
     deliver the securities, funds and other properties of the Trust to the
     Trust but shall have the right to deliver to a bank or trust company doing
     business in Boston, Massachusetts of its own selection, having an
     aggregate capital, surplus and undivided profits, as shown by its last
     published report, of not less than $2,000,000, all funds, securities and
     properties of the Trust held by or deposited with the Bank, and all books
     of account and records kept by the Bank pursuant to this Agreement, and
     all documents held by the Bank relative thereto.  Thereafter such bank or


                                          24
<PAGE>






     trust company shall be the successor of the Custodian under this
     Agreement.

     11.  Interpretive and Additional Provisions

          In connection with the operation of this Agreement, the Custodian and
     the Trust may from time to time agree on such provisions interpretive of
     or in addition to the provisions of this Agreement as may in their joint
     opinion be consistent with the general tenor of this Agreement.  Any such
     interpretive or additional provisions shall be in a writing signed by both
     parties and shall be annexed hereto, provided that no such interpretive or
     additional provisions shall contravene any applicable federal or state
     regulations or any provision of the governing instruments of the Trust. 
     No interpretive or additional provisions made as provided in the preceding
     sentence shall be deemed to be an amendment of this Agreement.

     12.  Notices

          Notices and other writings delivered or mailed postage prepaid to the
     Trust addressed to 24 Federal Street, Boston, Massachusetts 02110, or to
     such other address as the Trust may have designated to the Bank, in
     writing with a copy to Eaton Vance Management at 24 Federal Street,
     Boston, Massachusetts 02110, or to Investors Bank & Trust Company, 24
     Federal Street, Boston, Massachusetts 02110 with a copy to Eaton Vance
     Management at 24 Federal Street, Boston, Massachusetts 02110, shall be
     deemed to have been properly delivered or given hereunder to the
     respective addressees.

     13.  Massachusetts Law to Apply

          This Agreement shall be construed and the provisions thereof
     interpreted under and in accordance with the laws of The Commonwealth of
     Massachusetts.

          The Custodian expressly acknowledges the provision in the Declaration
     of Trust of the Trust (Section 5.2 and 5.6) limiting the personal
     liability of the Trustees and officers of the Trust, and the Custodian
     hereby agrees that it shall have recourse to the Trust for payment of
     claims or obligations as between the Trust and the Custodian arising out
     of this Agreement, and the Custodian shall not seek satisfaction from any
     Trustee or officer of the Trust.

     14.  Adoption of the Agreement by the Trust

          The Trust represents that its Board has approved this Agreement and
     has duly authorized the Trust to adopt this Agreement, such adoption to be
     evidenced by a letter agreement between the Trust and the Bank reflecting
     such adoption, which letter agreement shall be dated and signed by a duly
     authorized officer of the Trust and duly authorized officer of the Bank. 
     This Agreement shall be deemed to be duly executed and delivered by each
     of the parties in its name and behalf by its duly authorized officer as of
     the date of such letter agreement, and this Agreement shall be deemed to

                                          25
<PAGE>






     supersede and terminate, as of the date of such letter agreement, all
     prior agreements between the Trust and the Bank relating to the custody of
     the Trust's assets.

                                     * * * * * 
















































                                          26
<PAGE>






















                   CONNECTICUT LIMITED MATURITY TAX FREE PORTFOLIO


                                                      

                              PROCEDURES FOR ALLOCATIONS
                                  AND DISTRIBUTIONS

                                     May 1, 1992
<PAGE>






                                  TABLE OF CONTENTS

                                                                            PAGE

     ARTICLE I--Introduction   . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .   1

     ARTICLE II--Definitions   . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .   1

     ARTICLE III--Capital Accounts

          Section 3.1         Capital Accounts of Holders    . . . . . . . .   4
          Section 3.2         Book Capital Accounts    . . . . . . . . . . .   4
          Section 3.3         Tax Capital Accounts   . . . . . . . . . . . .   4
          Section 3.4         Compliance with Treasury Regulations   . . . .   5

     ARTICLE IV--Distributions of Cash and Assets

          Section 4.1         Distributions of Distributable Cash    . . . .   5
          Section 4.2         Division Among Holders   . . . . . . . . . . .   5
          Section 4.3         Distributions Upon Liquidation of a Holder's
                                Interest in the Trust    . . . . . . . . . .   5
          Section 4.4         Amounts Withheld   . . . . . . . . . . . . . .   5

     ARTICLE V--Allocations

          Section 5.1         Allocation of Items to Book Capital Accounts     6
          Section 5.2         Allocation of Taxable Income and Tax Loss
                                to Tax Capital Accounts  . . . . . . . . . .   6
          Section 5.3         Special Allocations to Book and Tax Capital
                                Accounts   . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .   7
          Section 5.4         Other Adjustments to Book and Tax Capital
                                Accounts   . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .   7
          Section 5.5         Timing of Tax Allocations to Book and Tax
                                Capital Accounts   . . . . . . . . . . . . .   7
          Section 5.6         Redemptions During the Fiscal Year   . . . . .   8

     ARTICLE VI--Withdrawals

          Section 6.1         Partial Withdrawals    . . . . . . . . . . . .   8
          Section 6.2         Redemptions    . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .   8
          Section 6.3         Distribution in Kind   . . . . . . . . . . . .   8

     ARTICLE VII--Liquidation

          Section 7.1         Liquidation Procedure    . . . . . . . . . . .   8
          Section 7.2         Alternative Liquidation Procedure    . . . . .   9
          Section 7.3         Cash Distributions Upon Liquidation    . . . .   9
          Section 7.4         Treatment of Negative Book Capital
                                Account Balance    . . . . . . . . . . . . .   9




                                          i
<PAGE>









                                    PROCEDURES FOR
                            ALLOCATIONS AND DISTRIBUTIONS
                                          OF
                   CONNECTICUT LIMITED MATURITY TAX FREE PORTFOLIO
                                    (the "Trust")

                           _______________________________

                                      ARTICLE I

                                     Introduction

          The Trust is treated as a partnership for federal income tax
     purposes. These procedures have been adopted by the Trustees of the Trust
     and will be furnished to the Trust's accountants for the purpose of
     allocating Trust gains, income or loss and distributing Trust assets.  The
     Trust will maintain its books and records, for both book and tax purposes,
     using the accrual method of accounting.

                                     ARTICLE II

                                     Definitions

          Except as otherwise provided herein, a term referred to herein shall
     have the same meaning as that ascribed to it in the Declaration. 
     References in this document to "hereof", "herein" and "hereunder" shall be
     deemed to refer to this document in its entirety rather than the article
     or section in which any such word appears.

          "Book Capital Account" shall mean, for any Holder at any time in any
     Fiscal Year, the Book Capital Account balance of the Holder on the first
     day of the Fiscal Year, as adjusted each day pursuant to the provisions of
     Section 3.2 hereof.

          "Capital Contribution" shall mean, with respect to any Holder, the
     amount of money and the Fair Market Value of any assets actually
     contributed from time to time to the Trust with respect to the Interest
     held by such Holder.

          "Code" shall mean the U.S. Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended
     from time to time, as well as any non-superseded provisions of the
     Internal Revenue Code of 1954, as amended (or any corresponding provision
     or provisions of succeeding law).

          "Declaration" shall mean the Trust's Declaration of Trust, dated May
     l, 1992, as amended from time to time.

          "Designated Expenses" shall mean extraordinary Trust expenses
     attributable to a particular Holder that are to be borne by such Holder.
<PAGE>






          "Distributable Cash" for any Fiscal Year shall mean the gross cash
     proceeds from Trust activities, less the portion thereof used to pay or
     establish Reserves, plus such portion of the Reserves as the Trustees, in
     their sole discretion, no longer deem necessary to be held as Reserves. 
     Distributable Cash shall not be reduced by depreciation, amortization,
     cost recovery deductions, or similar allowances.

          "Fair Market Value" of a security, instrument or other asset on any
     particular day shall mean the fair value thereof as determined in good
     faith by or on behalf of the Trustees in the manner set forth in the
     Registration Statement.

          "Fiscal Year" shall mean an annual period determined by the Trustees
     which ends on such day as is permitted by the Code.

          "Holders" shall mean as of any particular time all holders of record
     of Interests in the Trust.

          "Interest(s)" shall mean the interest of a Holder in the Trust,
     including all rights, powers and privileges accorded to Holders by the
     Declaration, which interest may be expressed as a percentage, determined
     by calculating, at such times and on such bases as the Trustees shall from
     time to time determine, the ratio of each Holder's Book Capital Account
     balance to the total of all Holders' Book Capital Account balances.

          "Investments" shall mean all securities, instruments or other assets
     of the Trust of any nature whatsoever, including, but not limited to, all
     equity and debt securities, futures contracts, and all property of the
     Trust obtained by virtue of holding such assets.

          "Matched Income or Loss" shall mean Taxable Income, Tax-Exempt Income
     or Tax Loss of the Trust comprising interest, original issue discount and
     dividends and all other types of income or loss to the extent the Taxable
     Income, Tax-Exempt Income, Tax Loss or Loss items not included in Tax Loss
     arising from such items are recognized for tax purposes at the same time
     that Profit or Loss are accrued for book purposes by the Trust.

          "Net Unrealized Gain" shall mean the excess, if any, of the aggregate
     Fair Market Value of all Investments over the aggregate adjusted bases,
     for federal income tax purposes, of all Investments.

          "Net Unrealized Loss" shall mean the excess, if any, of the aggregate
     adjusted bases, for federal income tax purposes, of all Investments over
     the aggregate Fair Market Value of all Investments.

          "Profit" and "Loss" shall mean, for each Fiscal Year or other period,
     an amount equal to the Taxable Income or Tax Loss for such Fiscal Year or
     period with the following adjustments:

               (i)  Any Tax-Exempt Income shall be added to such Taxable
          Income or subtracted from such Tax Loss; and


                                          2
<PAGE>






               (ii) Any expenditures of the Trust for such year or period
          described in Section 705(a)(2)(B) of the Code or treated as
          expenditures under Section 705(a)(2)(B) of the Code pursuant to
          Treasury Regulations Section 1.704-1(b)(2)(iv)(i), and not
          otherwise taken into account in computing Profit or Loss or
          specially allocated shall be subtracted from such Taxable Income
          or added to such Tax Loss.

          "Redemption" shall mean the complete withdrawal of an Interest of a
     Holder the result of which is to reduce the Book Capital Account balance
     of that Holder to zero.

          "Registration Statement" shall mean the Registration Statement of the
     Trust on Form N-1A as filed with the U.S. Securities and Exchange
     Commission under the 1940 Act, as the same may be amended from time to
     time.

          "Reserves" shall mean, with respect to any Fiscal Year, funds set
     aside or amounts allocated during such period to reserves which shall be
     maintained in amounts deemed sufficient by the Trustees for working
     capital and to pay taxes, insurance, debt service, renewals, or other
     costs or expenses, incident to the ownership of the Investments or to its
     operations.

          "Tax Capital Account" shall mean, for any Holder at any time in any
     Fiscal Year, the Tax Capital Account balance of the Holder on the first
     day of the Fiscal Year, as adjusted each day pursuant to the provisions of
     Section 3.3 hereof.

          "Tax-Exempt Income" shall mean income of the Trust for such Fiscal
     Year or period that is exempt from federal income tax and not otherwise
     taken into account in computing Profit or Loss.

          "Tax Lot" shall mean securities or other property which are both
     purchased or acquired, and sold or otherwise disposed of, as a unit.

          "Taxable Income" or "Tax Loss" shall mean the taxable income or tax
     loss of the Trust, determined in accordance with Section 703(a) of the
     Code, for each Fiscal Year as determined for federal income tax purposes,
     together with each of the Trust's items of income, gain, loss or deduction
     which is separately stated or otherwise not included in computing taxable
     income and tax loss.

          "Treasury Regulations" shall mean the Income Tax Regulations
     promulgated under the Code, as such regulations may be amended from time
     to time (including corresponding provisions of succeeding regulations).

          "Trust" shall mean Connecticut Limited Maturity Tax Free Portfolio, a
     trust fund formed under the law of the State of New York by the
     Declaration.



                                          3
<PAGE>






          "Trustees" shall mean each signatory to the Declaration, so long as
     such signatory shall continue in office in accordance with the terms
     thereof, and all other individuals who at the time in question have been
     duly elected or appointed and have qualified as Trustees in accordance
     with the provisions thereof and are then in office.

          The "1940 Act" shall mean the U.S. Investment Company Act of 1940, as
     amended from time to time, and the rules and regulations thereunder.

                                     ARTICLE III

                                  Capital Accounts 

          3.1. Capital Accounts of Holders.  A separate Book Capital Account
     and a separate Tax Capital Account shall be maintained for each Holder
     pursuant to Section 3.2 and Section 3.3. hereof, respectively.  In the
     event the Trustees shall determine that it is prudent to modify the manner
     in which the Book Capital Accounts or Tax Capital Accounts, or any debits
     or credits thereto, are computed in order to comply with the Treasury
     Regulations, the Trustees may make such modification, provided that it is
     not likely to have a material effect on the amounts distributable to any
     Holder pursuant to Article VII hereof upon the dissolution of the Trust.

          3.2. Book Capital Accounts.  The Book Capital Account balance of each
     Holder shall be adjusted each day by the following amounts:

          (a)  increased by any increase in Net Unrealized Gains or decrease in
     Net Unrealized Losses allocated to such Holder pursuant to Section 5.1(a)
     hereof;

          (b)  decreased by any decrease in Net Unrealized Gains or increase in
     Net Unrealized Losses allocated to such Holder pursuant to Section 5.1(b)
     hereof; 

          (c)  increased or decreased, as the case may be, by the amount of
     Profit or Loss, respectively, allocated to such Holder pursuant to
     Section 5.1(c) hereof;

          (d)  increased by any Capital Contribution made by such Holder; and,

          (e)  decreased by any distribution, including any distribution to
     effect a withdrawal or Redemption, made to such Holder by the Trust.

          Any adjustment pursuant to Section 3.2 (a), (b) or (c) above shall be
     prorated for increases in each Holder's Book Capital Account balance
     resulting from Capital Contributions, or distributions or withdrawals from
     the Trust or Redemptions by the Trust occurring, during such Fiscal Year
     as of the day after the Capital Contribution, distribution, withdrawal or
     Redemption is accepted, made or effected by the Trust.

          3.3. Tax Capital Accounts.  The Tax Capital Account balance of each
     Holder shall be adjusted at the following times by the following amounts:

                                          4
<PAGE>






          (a)  increased daily by the adjusted tax bases of any Capital
     Contribution made by such Holder to the Trust;

          (b)  increased daily by the amount of Taxable Income and Tax-Exempt
     Income allocated to such Holder pursuant to Section 5.2 hereof at such
     times as the allocations are made under Section 5.2 hereof;

          (c)  decreased daily by the amount of cash distributed to the Holder
     pursuant to any of these procedures including any distribution made to
     effect a withdrawal or Redemption; and

          (d)  decreased by the amount of Tax Loss allocated to such Holder
     pursuant to Section 5.2 hereof at such times as the allocations are made
     under Section 5.2 hereof.

          3.4. Compliance with Treasury Regulations.  The foregoing provisions
     and other provisions contained herein relating to the maintenance of Book
     Capital Accounts and Tax Capital Accounts are intended to comply with
     Treasury Regulations Section 1.704-1(b), and shall be interpreted and
     applied in a manner consistent with such Treasury Regulations.

          The Trustees shall make any appropriate modifications in the event
     unanticipated events might otherwise cause these procedures not to comply
     with Treasury Regulations Section 1.704-1(b), including the requirements
     described in Treasury Regulations Section 1.704-1(b)(2)(ii)(b)(1) and
     Treasury Regulations Section 1.704-1(b)(2)(iv).  Such modifications are
     hereby incorporated into these procedures by this reference as though
     fully set forth herein.

                                     ARTICLE IV

                           Distributions of Cash and Assets

          4.1. Distributions of Distributable Cash.  Except as otherwise
     provided in Article VII hereof, Distributable Cash for each Fiscal Year
     may be distributed to the Holders at such times, if any, and in such
     amounts as shall be determined in the sole discretion of the Trustees.  In
     exercising such discretion, the Trustees shall distribute such
     Distributable Cash so that Holders that are regulated investment companies
     can comply with the distribution requirements set forth in Code
     Section 852 and avoid the excise tax imposed by Code Section 4982.

          4.2. Division Among Holders.  All distributions to the Holders with
     respect to any Fiscal Year pursuant to Section 4.1 hereof shall be made to
     the Holders in proportion to the Taxable Income, Tax-Exempt Income or Tax
     Loss allocated to the Holders with respect to such Fiscal Year pursuant to
     the terms of these procedures.

          4.3. Distributions Upon Liquidation of a Holder's Interest in the
     Trust.  Upon liquidation of a Holder's interest in the Trust, the proceeds
     will be distributed to the Holder as provided in Section 5.6, Article VI,


                                          5
<PAGE>






     and Article VII hereof.  If such Holder has a negative book capital
     account balance, the provisions of Section 7.4 will apply.

          4.4. Amounts Withheld.  All amounts withheld pursuant to the Code or
     any provision of any state or local tax law with respect to any payment or
     distribution to the Trust or the Holders shall be treated as amounts
     distributed to such Holders pursuant to this Article IV for all purposes
     under these procedures.  The Trustees may allocate any such amount among
     the Holders in any manner that is in accordance with applicable law.

                                      ARTICLE V

                                     Allocations

          5.1. Allocation of Items to Book Capital Accounts. 

          (a)  Increase in Net Unrealized Gains or Decrease in Net Unrealized
     Losses.  Any decrease in Net Unrealized Loss due to realization of items
     shall be allocated to the Holder receiving the allocation of Loss, in the
     same amount, under Section 5.1(c) hereof.  Subject to Section 5.1(d)
     hereof, any increase in Net Unrealized Gains or decrease in Net Unrealized
     Loss on any day during the Fiscal Year shall be allocated to the Holders'
     Book Capital Accounts at the end of such day, in proportion to the
     Holders' respective Book Capital Account balances at the commencement of
     such day.

          (b)  Decrease in Net Unrealized Gains or Increase in Net Unrealized
     Losses.  Any decrease in Net Unrealized Gains due to realization of items
     shall be allocated to the Holder receiving the allocation of Profit, in
     the same amount, under Section 5.1(c) hereof.  Subject to Section 5.1(d)
     hereof, any decrease in Net Unrealized Gains or increase in Net Unrealized
     Loss on any day during the Fiscal Year shall be allocated to the Holders'
     Book Capital Accounts at the end of such day, in proportion to the
     Holders' respective Book Capital Account balances at the commencement of
     such day.

          (c)  Profit and Loss.  Subject to Section 5.1(d) hereof, Profit and
     Loss occurring on any day during the Fiscal Year shall be allocated to the
     Holders' Book Capital Accounts at the end of such day in proportion to the
     Holders' respective Book Capital Account balances at the commencement of
     such day.  

          (d)  Other Book Capital Account Adjustments.  

               (i)  Any allocation pursuant to Section 5.1(a), (b) or (c)
          above shall be prorated for increases in each Holder's Book
          Capital Account resulting from Capital Contributions, or
          distributions or withdrawals from the Trust or Redemptions by
          the Trust occurring, during such Fiscal Year as of the day after
          the Capital Contribution, distribution, withdrawal or Redemption
          is accepted, made or effected by the Trust.


                                          6
<PAGE>






               (ii)  For purposes of determining the Profit, Loss, and Net
          Unrealized Gain or Net Unrealized Loss or any other item
          allocable to any Fiscal Year, Profit, Loss, and Net Unrealized
          Gain or Net Unrealized Loss and any such other item shall be
          determined by or on behalf of the Trustees using any reasonable
          method under Code Section 706 and the Treasury Regulations
          thereunder.

          5.2. Allocation of Taxable Income and Tax Loss to Tax Capital
     Accounts.

          (a)  Taxable Income and Tax Loss.  Subject to Section 5.2(b) and
     Section 5.3 hereof, which shall take precedence over this Section 5.2(a),
     Taxable Income or Tax Loss for any Fiscal Year shall be allocated at least
     annually to the Holders' Tax Capital Accounts as follows:

               (i)  First, Taxable Income and Tax Loss, whether
          constituting ordinary income (or loss) or capital gain (or
          loss), derived from the sale or other disposition of a Tax Lot
          of securities or other property shall be allocated as of the
          date such income, gain or loss is recognized for federal income
          tax purposes solely in proportion to the amount of unrealized
          appreciation (in the case of such income or capital gain, but
          not in the case of any such loss) or depreciation (in the case
          of any such loss, but not in the case of any such income or
          capital gain) from that Tax Lot which was allocated to the
          Holders' Book Capital Accounts each day that such securities or
          other property was held by the Trust pursuant to Section 5.1(a)
          and (b) hereof; and

               (ii) Second, any remaining amounts at the end of the Fiscal
          Year, to the Holders in proportion to their respective daily
          average Book Capital Account balances determined for the Fiscal
          Year of the allocation.

          (b)  Matched Income or Loss.  Notwithstanding the provisions of
     Section 5.2(a) hereof, Taxable Income, Tax-Exempt Income or Tax Loss
     accruing on any day during the Fiscal Year constituting Matched Income or
     Loss, shall be allocated daily to the Holders' Tax Capital Accounts solely
     in proportion to and to the extent of corresponding allocations of Profit
     or Loss to the Holders' Book Capital Accounts pursuant to the first
     sentence of Section 5.1(c) hereof.

          5.3. Special Allocations to Book and Tax Capital Accounts.

          (a)  The Designated Expenses computed for each Holder shall be
     allocated separately (not included in the allocations of Matched Income or
     Loss, Loss or Tax Loss) to the Book Capital Account and Tax Capital
     Account of each Holder.

          (b)  If the Trust incurs any nonrecourse indebtedness, then
     allocations of items attributable to nonrecourse indebtedness shall be

                                          7
<PAGE>






     made to the Tax Capital Account of each Holder in accordance with the
     requirements of Treasury Regulations Section 1.704-1(b)(4)(iv)(d).

          (c)  In accordance with Code Section 704(c) and the Treasury
     Regulations thereunder, Taxable Income and Tax Loss with respect to any
     property contributed to the capital of the Trust shall be allocated to the
     Tax Capital Account of each Holder so as to take into account any
     variation between the adjusted tax basis of such property to the Trust for
     federal income tax purposes and such property's Fair Market Value at the
     time of contribution to the Trust.

          5.4. Other Adjustments to Book and Tax Capital Accounts.

          (a)  Any election or other decision relating to such allocations
     shall be made by the Trustees in any manner that reasonably reflects the
     purpose and intention of these procedures.

          (b)  Each Holder will report its share of Trust income and loss for
     federal income tax purposes in accordance with the allocations effected
     pursuant to Section 5.2 hereof.

          5.5. Timing of Tax Allocations to Book and Tax Capital Accounts. 
     Allocation of Taxable Income, Tax-Exempt Income and Tax Loss pursuant to
     Section 5.2 hereof for any Fiscal Year, unless specified above to the
     contrary, shall be made only after corresponding adjustments have been
     made to the Book Capital Accounts of the Holders for the Fiscal Year as
     provided pursuant to Section 5.1 hereof.

          5.6. Redemptions During the Fiscal Year.  If a Redemption occurs
     prior to the end of a Fiscal Year, the Trust will treat the Fiscal Year as
     ended for the purposes of computing the redeeming Holder's distributive
     share of Trust items and allocations of all items to such Holder will be
     made as though each Holder were receiving its allocable share of Trust
     items at such time.  All items so allocated to the redeeming Holder will
     be subtracted from the items to be allocated among the other non-redeeming
     Holders at the actual end of the Fiscal Year.  All items allocated among
     the redeeming and non-redeeming Holders will be made subject to the rules
     of Code Sections 702, 704, 706 and 708 and the Treasury Regulations
     promulgated thereunder.

                                     ARTICLE VI

                                     Withdrawals

          6.1. Partial Withdrawals.  At any time any Holder shall be entitled
     to request a withdrawal of such portion of the Interest held by such
     Holder as such Holder shall request.

          6.2. Redemptions.  At any time a Holder shall be entitled to request
     a Redemption of all of its Interest.  A Holder's Interest may be redeemed
     at any time during the Fiscal Year as provided in Section 6.3 hereof by a
     cash distribution or, at the option of a Holder, by a distribution of a

                                          8
<PAGE>






     proportionate amount except for fractional shares of each Trust asset at
     the option of the Trust.  However, the Holder may be redeemed by a
     distribution of a proportionate amount of the Trust's assets only at the
     end of a Fiscal Year.  However, if the Holder has contributed any property
     to the Trust other than cash, if such property remains in the Trust at the
     time the Holder requests withdrawal, then such property will be sold by
     the Trust prior to the time at which the Holder withdraws from the Trust.

          6.3. Distribution in Kind.  If a withdrawing Holder receives a
     distribution in kind of its proportionate part of Trust property, then
     unrealized income, gain, loss or deduction attributable to such property
     shall be allocated among the Holders as if there had been a disposition of
     the property on the date of distribution in compliance with the
     requirements of Treasury Regulations Section 1.704-1(b)(2)(iv)(e).

                                     ARTICLE VII

                                     Liquidation

          7.1. Liquidation Procedure.  Subject to Section 7.4 hereof, upon
     dissolution of the Trust, the Trustees shall liquidate the assets of the
     Trust, apply and distribute the proceeds thereof as follows:

          (a)  first to the payment of all debts and obligations of the Trust
     to third parties, including without limitation the retirement of
     outstanding debt, including any debt owed to Holders or their affiliates,
     and the expenses of liquidation, and to the setting up of any Reserves for
     contingencies which may be necessary; and

          (b)  then in accordance with the Holders' positive Book Capital
     Account balances after adjusting Book Capital Accounts for allocations
     provided in Article V hereof and in accordance with the requirements
     described in Treasury Regulations Section 1.704-1(b)(2) (ii)(b)(2).

          7.2. Alternative Liquidation Procedure.  Notwithstanding the
     foregoing, if the Trustees shall determine that an immediate sale of part
     or all of the Trust assets would cause undue loss to the Holders, the
     Trustees, in order to avoid such loss, may, after having given
     notification to all the Holders, to the extent not then prohibited by the
     law of any jurisdiction in which the Trust is then formed or qualified and
     applicable in the circumstances, either defer liquidation of and withhold
     from distribution for a reasonable time any assets of the Trust except
     those necessary to satisfy the Trust's debts and obligations or distribute
     the Trust's assets to the Holders in liquidation.

          7.3. Cash Distributions Upon Liquidation.  Except as provided in
     Section 7.2 hereof, amounts distributed in liquidation of the Trust shall
     be paid solely in cash.

          7.4. Treatment of Negative Book Capital Account Balance.  If a Holder
     has a negative balance in its Book Capital Account following the
     liquidation of its Interest, as determined after taking into account all

                                          9
<PAGE>






     capital account adjustments for the Fiscal Year during which the
     liquidation occurs, then such Holder shall restore the amount of such
     negative balance to the Trust by the later of the end of the Fiscal Year
     or 90 days after the date of such liquidation so as to comply with the
     requirements of Treasury Regulations Section 1.704-1(b)(2)(ii)(b)(3). 
     Such amount shall, upon liquidation, be paid to creditors of the Trust or
     distributed to other Holders in accordance with their positive Book
     Capital Account balances.













































                                          10
<PAGE>











                                                        January 25, 1993




     Connecticut Limited Maturity Tax Free Portfolio
     24 Federal Street
     Boston, MA  02110


     Ladies and Gentlemen:


              With respect to our purchase from you, at the purchase price of
     $100,000, of an interest (an "Initial Interest") in Connecticut Limited
     Maturity Tax Free Portfolio (the "Portfolio"), we hereby advise you that
     we are purchasing such Initial Interest for investment purposes without
     any present intention of redeeming or reselling.

              The amount paid by the Portfolio on any withdrawal by us of any
     portion of such Initial Interest will be reduced by a portion of any
     unamortized organization expenses, determined by the proportion of the
     amount of such Initial Interest withdrawn to the aggregate Initial
     Interests of all holders of similar Initial Interests then outstanding
     after taking into account any prior withdrawals of any such Initial
     Interest.


                                       Very truly yours,



                                       EATON VANCE MANAGEMENT


                                   By       /s/Curtis H. Jones               
                                       --------------------------------------
                                         Vice President
<PAGE>

<TABLE> <S> <C>

<ARTICLE>       6 
<CIK> 0000897623  
<NAME> CONNECTICUT LIMITED MATURITY TAX FREE PORTFOLIO
<MULTIPLIER> 1000 
         
<S>                             <C> 
<PERIOD-TYPE>                   12-MOS       
<FISCAL-YEAR-END>                          MAR-31-1995
<PERIOD-END>                               MAR-31-1995   
<INVESTMENTS-AT-COST>                 16,799 
<INVESTMENTS-AT-VALUE>                16,753 
<RECEIVABLES>                            322 
<ASSETS-OTHER>                             0 
<OTHER-ITEMS-ASSETS>                     258 
<TOTAL-ASSETS>                        17,333 
<PAYABLE-FOR-SECURITIES>                  16 
<SENIOR-LONG-TERM-DEBT>                    0 
<OTHER-ITEMS-LIABILITIES>                  1 
<TOTAL-LIABILITIES>                       17 
<SENIOR-EQUITY>                            0 
<PAID-IN-CAPITAL-COMMON>              17,376 
<SHARES-COMMON-STOCK>                      0 
<SHARES-COMMON-PRIOR>                      0 
<ACCUMULATED-NII-CURRENT>                  0 
<OVERDISTRIBUTION-NII>                     0 
<ACCUMULATED-NET-GAINS>                    0 
<OVERDISTRIBUTION-GAINS>                   0 
<ACCUM-APPREC-OR-DEPREC>                 (60) 
<NET-ASSETS>                          17,316     
<DIVIDEND-INCOME>                          0 
<INTEREST-INCOME>                        904 
<OTHER-INCOME>                             0 
<EXPENSES-NET>                            30 
<NET-INVESTMENT-INCOME>                  874 
<REALIZED-GAINS-CURRENT>                (562) 
<APPREC-INCREASE-CURRENT>                574 
<NET-CHANGE-FROM-OPS>                    886 
<EQUALIZATION>                             0 
<DISTRIBUTIONS-OF-INCOME>                874 
<DISTRIBUTIONS-OF-GAINS>                   0 
<DISTRIBUTIONS-OTHER>                      0  
<NUMBER-OF-SHARES-SOLD>                  253 
<NUMBER-OF-SHARES-REDEEMED>               20 
<SHARES-REINVESTED>                        5 
<NET-CHANGE-IN-ASSETS>                   250 
<ACCUMULATED-NII-PRIOR>                    0 
<ACCUMULATED-GAINS-PRIOR>                  0 
<OVERDISTRIB-NII-PRIOR>                    0 
<OVERDIST-NET-GAINS-PRIOR>                 0 
<GROSS-ADVISORY-FEES>                      0 
<INTEREST-EXPENSE>                         0 
<GROSS-EXPENSE>                          118 
<AVERAGE-NET-ASSETS>                  17,644 
<PER-SHARE-NAV-BEGIN>                  0.000 
<PER-SHARE-NII>                        0.000 
<PER-SHARE-GAIN-APPREC>                0.000 
<PER-SHARE-DIVIDEND>                   0.000 
<PER-SHARE-DISTRIBUTIONS>              0.000 
<RETURNS-OF-CAPITAL>                   0.000 
<PER-SHARE-NAV-END>                    0.000 
<EXPENSE-RATIO>                         0.17 
<AVG-DEBT-OUTSTANDING>                     0 
<AVG-DEBT-PER-SHARE>                       0 
         
<PAGE>

</TABLE>


© 2022 IncJournal is not affiliated with or endorsed by the U.S. Securities and Exchange Commission